If a device is in the pend_le_conns list it cannot at the same time also
have the need to be notified through mgmt_device_found. By making
check_pending_le_conn return whether it found an entry or not we can
avoid unnecessary checks in process_adv_report().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the connection parameters are always a basis for adding entries to
hdev->pend_le_conns (so far of type bdaddr_list) it's simpler and more
efficient to have the parameters themselves be the entries in the
pend_le_conns list. We do this by adding another list_head to the
hci_conn_params struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When processing passive scanning results we need the resolved identity
address both in check_pending_le_conn() as well as later in
process_adv_report(). Since process_adv_report() calls
check_pending_le_conn() we can simply resolve the IRK earlier in the
function and thereby eliminate a second lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When calling Remove Device for an entry using HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT we
need to decrement the pend_le_reports value correspondingly. This patch
fixes one such missing action in the Remove Device command handler.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The handler for variable length commands were trying to calculate the
expected length of the command based on the given parameter count, and
then comparing that with the received data. However, the expected count
was stored in a u16 which can easily overflow. With a carefully crafted
command this can then be made to match the given data even though the
parameter count is actually way too big, resulting in a buffer overflow
when parsing the parameters.
This patch fixes the issue by calculating a per-command maximum
parameter count and returns INVALID_PARAMS if it is exceeded.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're scanning for specific devices that use an RPA we need to
convert the RPA to the identity address before looking up the entry in
the connection parameters. This patch adds the necessary code to do this
in the process_adv_report() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have one or more devices with HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT we should do
background scanning and emit mgmt_device_found events. This patch
modifies the hci_update_background_scan() function to extend the
conditions needed to trigger scanning, and adds the necessary code to
process_adv_report() to emit mgmt_device_found events.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the kernel is doing LE scanning because of one or more devices
added with action 0x00 through the Add Device command we do want to let
mgmt_device_found() to proceed with sending an event. This kind of
devices are tracked with hdev->pend_le_reports, so check this value
before bailing out from the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be able to make the right choice of whether to start passive scanning
or to send out a mgmt_device_found event we need to know if there are
any devices in the le_conn_params list with the auto_connect value set
to HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT. This patch adds a counter for this kind of
devices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This command allows to get the list of currently known controller that
are in unconfigured state.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a controller in an unconfigured state gets removed, then send
Unconfigured Index Removed events.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a controller is in unconfigured state it is currently hidden
from the management interface. This change now announces the new
controller with an Unconfigured Index Added event and allows clients
to easily detect the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the new unconfigured controller state it is possible to provide a
fully functional HCI transport, but disable the higher level operations
that would normally happen. This way userspace can try to configure the
controller before releases the unconfigured state.
The internal state is represented by HCI_UNCONFIGURED. This replaces the
HCI_QUIRK_RAW_DEVICE quirk as internal state representation. This is now
a real state and drivers can use the quirk to actually trigger this
state. In the future this will allow a more fine grained switching from
unconfigured state to configured state for controller inititialization.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If we don't have an identity address for connection parameters it
doesn't really make sense to send them to user space. Instead just
ignore them for now. Later we can add support for sending them when we
eventually get the identity through pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are more places that can take advantage of is_identity_address()
besides hci_core.c. This patch moves the function to hci_core.h and
gives it the appropriate hci_ prefix.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The calling functions of mgmt_new_conn_param have more information about
the parameters, such as whether the kernel is tracking them or not. It
makes therefore sense to have them pass an initial store_hint value to
the mgmt_new_conn_param function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The caller of hci_le_conn_update is directly interested in knowing what
the best value is for the store_hint parameter of the corresponding
mgmt event. Since hci_le_conn_update knows whether there were stored
parameters that were updated or not we can have it return an initial
store_hint value to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should update any stored connection parameters when we receive the LE
Remote Connection Parameter Request HCI event. This patch adds the
necessary code to the function that handles the event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the new Load Connection Parameters mgmt command
that's intended to load the desired connection parameters for LE
devices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Remove Device mgmt command is supposed to undo what the Add Device
command does. An entry added by Add Device cannot have the
HCI_AUTO_CONN_DISABLED auto_connect value, so we should treat this as an
invalid entry to remove. This patch adds the necessary pieces to the
Remove Device command handler so that it only removes entries which were
added by Add Device.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The 0x00 action value of mgmt means "scan and report" but do not
connect. This is different from HCI_AUTO_CONN_DISABLED so we need a new
value for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances we'll need to either clear only the enabled
parameters or only the disabled ones. This patch adds convenience
functions for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon have specific clear functions for clearing enabled or
disabled entries, so rename the function that removes everything to
clear_all().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When allocating a new controller structure, then default to the internal
use value 0xffff first. Default to 0x0000 is a bad idea since that is
the manufacturer identifier of Ericsson Technology Licensing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Unlike BR/EDR we cannot reject LE connections of blocked devices but
have to do it as soon as we get a LE Connection Complete event. The
patch adds a blacklist check to the hci_le_conn_complete_evt function
and drops all connections for blocked devices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ATT channel isn't the only one that we should ensure doesn't receive
data from blocked devices. SMP is another, and in general we don't want
data packets going to any of the various handlers. Therefore, add a
single check to the l2cap_recv_frame function.
The patch fixes at the same time the use of a correct address type. The
blacklist stores the values with the user space facing triple type
wheras hci_conn->dst_type uses the HCI address type (0x00 or 0x01).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some embedded controllers allow the programming of a public address
and this adds vendor support for supporting OEM confguration of such
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a new Mgmt event called "New Connection Parameter".
This event indicates to userspace the connection parameters values the
remote device requested.
The user may store these values and load them into kernel. This way, next
time a connection is established to that device, the kernel will use those
parameters values instead of the default ones.
This event is sent when the remote device requests new connection
parameters through connection parameter update procedure. This event is
not sent for slave connections.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth 4.1 introduces a new LE meta event called "LE Remote
Connection Parameter Request" event. In order to the controller
sends this event to host, we should enable it during controller
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During init2 phase, the LE local features have not be read yet so
we aren't able to rely on hdev->le_features to determine if the
controller supports the Connection Parameters Request Procedure.
For that reason, this patch moves LE event mask setting from init2
into init3 initialization phase.
The hdev->le_features mask will be checked by the next patch in order
to know if "LE Remote Connection Parameter Request Event" should be
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for LE Connection Parameters Request Link
Layer control procedure introduced in Core spec 4.1. This procedure
allows a Peripheral or Central to update the Link Layer connection
parameters of an established connection.
Regarding the acceptance of connection parameters, the LL procedure
follows the same approach of L2CAP procedure (see l2cap_conn_param_
update_req function). We accept any connection parameters values as
long as they are within the valid range.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For the Block/Unblock Device mgmt commands we should only emit the
Blocked/Unblocked events on any socket except for the one which received
the command. The code was previously incorrectly trying to look up a
non-existent pending command and thereby ending up not skipping the
command socket for the event.
We can simplify the code a lot by simply sending the event directly from
the command handler functions. We have the reference to the command
socket available there which makes it easy to pass to the mgmt_event
function for skipping.
The only notable side-effect of this is that the old blacklisting
ioctl's no-longer cause mgmt events to be emitted, however as user space
versions using these ioctl's are not mgmt-aware this is acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The background scanning normally gets enabled during power on by
adding devices to the pending connection list. However devices
might be already on that list and the list of devices is empty,
then it is better to trigger the background manually.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a new controller is initialized, but not powered from userspace
at the moment, the HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is still set. During this period,
userspace might program device for auto-connection, but never power
on the controller. In this case do not try to start background
scanning and leave it for later to be started.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If we're encrypted with the STK we should allow re-encryption with an
LTK even though the achieved security level is the same. This patch adds
the necessary logic to the smp_sufficient_security function which is
used to determine whether to proceed with encryption or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are certain subtle differences in behavior when we're encrypted
with the STK, such as allowing re-encryption even though the security
level stays the same. Because of this, add a flag to track whether we're
encrypted with an STK or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we're already encrypted with a good enough LTK we should just ignore
an incoming SMP Security Request. The code was already taking care of
this in the smp_conn_security function before calling smp_ltk_encrypt
but failed to do the same in smp_cmd_security_req. This patch fixes the
issue by moving up the smp_sufficient_security function and using it in
the Security Request handler before trying to request encryption.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Device Found events of the management interface should indicate if
it is possible to connect to a remote device or if it is broadcaster
only advertising. To allow this differentation the Not Connectable flag
is introduced that will be set when it is known that a device can not
be connected.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Providing the flags parameter directly to mgmt_device_found function
makes the core simpler and more readable. With this it becomes a lot
easier to add new flags in the future.
This also changes hci_inquiry_cache_update to just return that flags
needed for mgmt_device_found since that is its only use for the two
return parameters anyway.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The advertising data and scan response data are merged in the wrong
order. It should be advertsing data first and then scan response data
and not the other way around.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16
The connection interval parameter of hci_conn_params_set are always used
with the controller defaults. So just let hci_conn_params_add set the
controller default and not bother resetting them to controller defaults
every time the hci_conn_params_set is called.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_conn_params_add function provides the default allocation of
connection parameters. To avoid code duplication, use that code from
hci_conn_params_set to allocate or lookup parameter struct.
As a benefit the connection latency and supervision timeout parameters
are no longer reset to default when calling hci_conn_params_set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When adding new connection parameters, it is useful to return either
the existing struct or the newly created one.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of smp_ltk_encrypt is simple boolean, so just use
bool and make the code a bit more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is to support the Motorola HF850 carkit which reports the error
code 0x10 for an eSCO attempt, even though it advertises eSCO support.
With this patch we will retry with a SCO connection, which succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar Raparthy <kiran.kumar@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We have all the necessary remote information for getpeername() when we
are in the BT_CONFIG state so this should be allowed. This is
particularly important for LE sockets where changing the security level
will temporarily move the socket into BT_CONFIG state.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
bt_seq_ops is only used with __seq_open_private as
const struct seq_operations *
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames l2cap_check_conn_param() to hci_check_conn_params()
and moves it to hci_core.h so it can reused in others files. This helper
will be reused in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the controller is not active or in init/setup phase, do not
try to start or stop background scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When trying to pair a new Bluetooth Low Energy device, then make sure
that the default connections parameters are in place before trying to
establish the first connection to that device. With the connection
parameters structure allocated, the slave preferred values can now
easily be tracked and all future connections will use the correct
values from that start decreasing connection establishment time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In some cases it is useful to not overwrite connection parametes and
instead just create default ones if they don't exist. This function
does exactly that. hci_conn_params_add will allow to create new
default connection parameters. hci_conn_params_set will set the
values and also create new parameters if they don't exist.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The controller has a default value for the supervision timeout. Expose
this via debugfs for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The controller has a default value for the connection latency. Expose
this via debugfs for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Store the connection latency and supervision timeout default values
with all the other controller defaults. And when needed use them
for new connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When devices are added or removed, then make sure that events are send
out to all other clients so that the list of devices can be easily
tracked. This is especially important when external clients are
adding or removing devices within the auto-connection list.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since the auto-connection handling has gained offical management
command support, remove the le_auto_conn debugfs entry.
For debugging purposes replace it a simple device_list debugfs
entry that allows listing of the current internal auto-connection
list used for passive scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This allows adding or removing devices from the background scanning
list the kernel maintains. Device flagged for auto-connection will
be automatically connected if they are found.
The passive scanning required for auto-connection will be started
and stopped on demand.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the LE connection parameters for connection latency and
supervision timeout are known, then use then. If they are not
know fallback to defaults.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the slave updates the connection parameters, store also the
connection latency and supervision timeout information in the
internal list of connection parameters for known devices.
Having these values available allowes the auto-connection
procedure to use the correct values from the beginning without
having to request an update on every connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When calling hci_conn_params_clear function, it should update the
background scanning properly and not require a separate call to
update it.
For the case when the function is used during unregister of a
controller, an extra safe guard is but in place.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When hci_conn_params_clear is called, it is always followed by a
call to hci_pend_le_conns_clear. So instead of making this explicit
just make sure it is always called. This makes this function similar
on how hci_conn_params_add and hci_conn_params_del work.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_pend_le_conn_* function should be placed before their actual
users. So move them before hci_conn_params_* functions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The usage of non-resovlable private addresses for passive scanning is
a bad idea. Passive scanning will not send any SCAN_REQ and thus using
your identity address for passive scanning is not a privacy issue.
It is important to use the identity address during passive scanning
since that is the only way devices using direct advertising will be
reported correctly by the controller. This is overlooked detail in
the Bluetooth specification that current controllers are not able
to report direct advertising events for other than their current
address.
When remote peers are using direct advertising and scanning is done
with non-resolvable private address these devices will not be found.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Bluetooth controllers that are marked for raw-only usage can only be
used with user channel access. Any other operation should be rejected.
This simplifies the whole raw-only support since it now depends on
the fact that the controller is marked with HCI_QUIRK_RAW_DEVICE and
runtime raw access is restricted to user channel operation.
The kernel internal processing of HCI commands and events is designed
around the case that either the kernel has full control over the device
or that the device is driven from userspace. This now makes a clear
distinction between these two possible operation modes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements support for the Get Clock Information mgmt
command. This is done by performing one or two HCI_Read_Clock commands
and creating the response from the stored values in the hci_dev and
hci_conn structs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for storing the local and piconet clock values
from the HCI_Read_Clock command response to the hci_dev and hci_conn
structs. This will be later used in another patch to implement support
for the Get Clock Info mgmt command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By using kzalloc we ensure that there are no struct members, such as the
user_data pointer, left uninitialized.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
changes with the debug key command and other fixes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the connection is in master role and it is going to be
disconnected based on the disconnection timeout, then send
the HCI_Read_Clock_Offset command in an attempt to update the
clock offset value in the inquiry cache.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The abstraction of disconnect operation via hci_conn_disconnect is not
needed and it does not add any readability. Handle the difference of
AMP physical channels and BR/EDR/LE connection in the timeout callback.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_amp_disconn function is a local function and there is no
need for a reason parameter. That one can be retrieved from the
hci_conn object easily.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The smp_conn member of struct hci_conn was simply a pointer to the
l2cap_conn object. Since we already have hcon->l2cap_data that points to
the same thing there's no need to have this second variable. This patch
removes it and changes the single place that was using it to use
hcon->l2cap_data instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The smp_user_confirm_reply() function is called whenever user space
sends a user confirmation reply mgmt command. In case of a misbehaving
user space, or if the SMP session was removed by the time the command
comes it is important that we return an appropriate error and do not try
to access the non-existent SMP context. This patch adds the appropriate
check for the HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag before proceeding further.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the SMP context has it's own crypto handle it doesn't need to
lock the hci_dev anymore for most operations. This means that it is safe
to call smp_user_confirm_reply with the lock already held.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Passing the full SMP context instead of just the crypto context lets us
use the crypto handle from the context which in turn removes the need to
lock the hci_dev. Passing the SMP context instead of just the crypto
handle allows a bit more detailed logging which is helpful in
multi-adapter scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many places have to be extra careful to not hold the hdev lock when
calling into the SMP code. This is because the SMP crypto functions use
the crypto handle that's part of the hci_dev struct. Giving the SMP
context its own handle helps simplifying the locking logic and removes
the risk for deadlocks.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hdev lock must be held before calling into smp_distribute_keys. Also
things such as hci_add_irk() require the lock. This patch fixes the
issue by adding the necessary locking into the smp_cmd_ident_addr_info
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the link_mode member of the hci_conn struct is a bit field and we
already have a flags member as well it makes sense to merge these two
together. This patch moves all used link_mode bits into corresponding
flags. To keep backwards compatibility with user space we still need to
provide a get_link_mode() helper function for the ioctl's that expect a
link_mode style value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ssp_debug_mode debugfs option for developers is no longer
needed. Support for using Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) debug
mode is exposed by the management interface now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new valid mode 0x02 for the mgmt_set_debug_keys
command. The 0x02 mode sets the HCI_USE_DEBUG_KEYS flag which makes us
always use debug keys for pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To pave the way for actively using debug keys for pairing this patch
adds a new HCI_USE_DEBUG_KEYS flag for the purpose. When the flag is set
we issue a HCI_Write_SSP_Debug mode whenever HCI_Write_SSP_Mode(0x01)
has been issued as well as before issuing a HCI_Write_SSP_Mode(0x00)
command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should never allow user space to feed back debug keys to the kernel.
If the user desires to use debug keys require setting the appropriate
debug keys mode and performing a new pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no point in having boolean variables in the hci_conn struct
since it already has a flags member. This patch converts the flush_key
member into a proper flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of waiting for a disconnection to occur to remove a debug key
simply never store it in the list to begin with. This means we can also
remove the debug keys check when looking up keys in
hci_link_key_request_evt().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're planning to add a flag to actively use debug keys in addition to
simply just accepting them, which makes the current generically named
DEBUG_KEYS flag a bit confusing. Since the flag in practice affects
whether the kernel keeps debug keys around or not rename it to
HCI_KEEP_DEBUG_KEYS.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are two callers of hci_add_link_key(). The first one is the HCI
Link Key Notification event and the second one the mgmt code that
receives a list of link keys from user space. Previously we've had the
hci_add_link_key() function being responsible for also emitting a mgmt
signal but for the latter use case this should not happen. Because of
this a rather awkward new_key paramter has been passed to the function.
This patch moves the mgmt event sending out from the hci_add_link_key()
function, thereby making the code a bit more understandable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By returning the added (or updated) key we pave the way for further
refactoring (in subsequent patches) that allows moving the mgmt event
sending out from this function (and thereby removal of the awkward
new_key parameter).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the current LE connection parameters of a slave connection do not
match up with the controller defined values, then trigger the connection
update procedure to allow adjusting them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For all incoming LE connections, the minimum and maximum connection
interval is a value that should be copied from the controller default
values. This allows to properly check if the resulting connection
interval of a newly established connection is in the range we are
expecting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the LE controller changes its connection parameters, it will send
a connection parameter update event. Make sure that the new set of
parameters are stored in hci_conn struct and thus will properly update
the previous values retrieved from the connection complete event.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The LE connection parameters are needed later on to be able to decide
if it is required to trigger connection update procedures. So when the
connection has been established successfully, store the current used
parameters in hci_conn struct.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the module is unloaded, unregister the network device
so that the system does not try to access non-existing device.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Count how many 6LoWPAN connections there exists so that we
do not unload the module if there are still connections alive.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of adding the 6LoWPAN functionality to Bluetooth module,
we create a separate kernel module for it.
Usage:
In the slave side do this:
$ modprobe bluetooth_6lowpan
$ echo 62 > /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/6lowpan_psm
$ hciconfig hci0 leadv
In the master side do this:
$ modprobe bluetooth_6lowpan
$ echo 62 > /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/6lowpan_psm
$ echo 'connect E0:06:E6:B7:2A:73 1' > \
/sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/6lowpan_control
The 6LoWPAN functionality can be controlled by psm value. If it
is left to 0, then the module is disabled and all the 6LoWPAN
connections are dropped if there were any. In the above example,
the psm value is just an example and not a real value for
6LoWPAN service. The real psm value is yet to be defined in
Bluetooth specification.
The 6lowpan controlling interface is a temporary solution
until the specifications are ready.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Create a CoC dynamically instead of one fixed channel for communication
to peer devices.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The highly optimized TX path for L2CAP channels and its fragmentation
within the HCI ACL packets requires to copy data from user provided
IO vectors and also kernel provided memory buffers.
This patch allows channel clients to provide a memcpy_fromiovec callback
to keep this optimized behavior, but adapt it to kernel vs user memory
for the TX path. For all kernel internal L2CAP channels, a default
implementation is provided that can be referenced.
In case of A2MP, this fixes a long-standing issue with wrongly accessing
kernel memory as user memory.
This patch originally by Marcel Holtmann.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All the special settings configured via debugfs are either developer
only options or temporary solutions. To not clutter the standard flags,
move them to their own dbg_flags entry.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the rename of STK_SLAVE to simply STK happened we missed this place
in the ltk_type_master function. Now, checking for master is as simple
as checking whether the type is SMP_LTK. The helper function is kept
around for better readability in the (right now three) callers and for
simpler extension with new key types in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The valid range of IO capabilities for the Set IO Capability and Pair
Device mgmt commands is 0-4 (4 being the KeyboarDisplay capability for
SMP). We should return an invalid parameters error if user space gives
us a value outside of this range.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the SMP code needs to swap ordering of variable length buffers add
a convenience function that can be used for any length buffer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to have explicit values for these flags. Convert them
to an enum to be consistent with other similar flags.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LTK type has really nothing to do with HCI so it makes more sense to
have these in smp.h than hci.h. This patch moves the defines to smp.h
and removes the HCI_ prefix in the same go.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We never store the "master" type of STKs since we request encryption
directly with them so we only need one STK type (the one that's
looked-up on the slave side). Simply remove the unnecessary define and
rename the _SLAVE one to the shorter form.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The smp_chan_create function may return NULL, e.g. in the case of memory
allocation failure, so we always need to check for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the whole HCI command, event and data packet processing has been
migrated to use workqueues instead of tasklets, it makes sense to use
struct delayed_work instead of struct timer_list for the timeout
handling. This patch converts the hdev->cmd_timer to use workqueue
as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When allocating the L2CAP SKB for transmission, provide the upper layers
with a clear distinction on what is the header and what is the body
portion of the SKB.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The SKB for L2CAP sockets are all allocated in a central callback
in the socket support. Instead of having to pass around the socket
priority all the time, assign it to skb->priority when actually
allocating the SKB.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The struct l2cap_ops field should not allow any modifications and thus
it is better declared as const.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If we need an MITM protected connection but the local and remote IO
capabilities cannot provide it we should reject the pairing attempt in
the appropriate way. This patch adds the missing checks for such a
situation to the smp_cmd_pairing_req() and smp_cmd_pairing_rsp()
functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll need to do authentication method lookups from more than one place,
so refactor the lookup into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we receive a pairing request or an internal request to start
pairing we shouldn't blindly overwrite the existing pending_sec_level
value as that may actually be higher than the new one. This patch fixes
the SMP code to only overwrite the value in case the new one is higher
than the old.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Kernel supports SMP Security Request so don't block increasing security
when we are slave.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Kraglak <marcin.kraglak@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
The SMP code expects hdev to be unlocked since e.g. crypto functions
will try to (re)lock it. Therefore, we need to release the lock before
calling into smp.c from mgmt.c. Without this we risk a deadlock whenever
the smp_user_confirm_reply() function is called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
A deadlock occurs when PDU containing invalid SMP opcode is received on
Security Manager Channel over LE link and conn->pending_rx_work worker
has not run yet.
When LE link is created l2cap_conn_ready() is called and before
returning it schedules conn->pending_rx_work worker to hdev->workqueue.
Incoming data to SMP fixed channel is handled by l2cap_recv_frame()
which calls smp_sig_channel() to handle the SMP PDU. If
smp_sig_channel() indicates failure l2cap_conn_del() is called to delete
the connection. When deleting the connection, l2cap_conn_del() purges
the pending_rx queue and calls flush_work() to wait for the
pending_rx_work worker to complete.
Since incoming data is handled by a worker running from the same
workqueue as the pending_rx_work is being scheduled on, we will deadlock
on waiting for pending_rx_work to complete.
This patch fixes the deadlock by calling cancel_work_sync() instead of
flush_work().
Signed-off-by: Jukka Taimisto <jtt@codenomicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
When cleaning up the HCI state as part of the power-off procedure we can
reuse the hci_stop_discovery() function instead of explicitly sending
HCI command related to discovery. The added benefit of this is that it
takes care of canceling name resolving and inquiry which were not
previously covered by the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
We'll need to reuse the same logic for stopping discovery also when
cleaning up HCI state when powering off. This patch refactors the code
out to its own function that can later (in a subsequent patch) be used
also for the power off case.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
When inquiry is canceled through the HCI_Cancel_Inquiry command there is
no Inquiry Complete event generated. Instead, all we get is the command
complete for the HCI_Inquiry_Cancel command. This means that we must
call the hci_discovery_set_state() function from the respective command
complete handler in order to ensure that user space knows the correct
discovery state.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
When we store the STK in slave role we should set the correct
authentication information for it. If the pairing is producing a HIGH
security level the STK is considered authenticated, and otherwise it's
considered unauthenticated. This patch fixes the value passed to the
hci_add_ltk() function when adding the STK on the slave side.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Kraglak <marcin.kraglak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
When responding to an IO capability request when we're the initiators of
the pairing we will not yet have the remote IO capability information.
Since the conn->auth_type variable is treated as an "absolute"
requirement instead of a hint of what's needed later in the user
confirmation request handler it's important that it doesn't have the
MITM bit set if there's any chance that the remote device doesn't have
the necessary IO capabilities.
This patch adds a clarifying comment so that conn->auth_type is left
untouched in this scenario.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
From the Bluetooth Core Specification 4.1 page 1958:
"if both devices have set the Authentication_Requirements parameter to
one of the MITM Protection Not Required options, authentication stage 1
shall function as if both devices set their IO capabilities to
DisplayOnly (e.g., Numeric comparison with automatic confirmation on
both devices)"
So far our implementation has done user confirmation for all just-works
cases regardless of the MITM requirements, however following the
specification to the word means that we should not be doing confirmation
when neither side has the MITM flag set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
The conn->link_key variable tracks the type of link key in use. It is
set whenever we respond to a link key request as well as when we get a
link key notification event.
These two events do not however always guarantee that encryption is
enabled: getting a link key request and responding to it may only mean
that the remote side has requested authentication but not encryption. On
the other hand, the encrypt change event is a certain guarantee that
encryption is enabled. The real encryption state is already tracked in
the conn->link_mode variable through the HCI_LM_ENCRYPT bit.
This patch fixes a check for encryption in the hci_conn_auth function to
use the proper conn->link_mode value and thereby eliminates the chance
of a false positive result.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
The src_type member of struct hci_conn should always reflect the address
type of the src_member. It should never be overridden. There is already
code in place in the command status handler of HCI_LE_Create_Connection
to copy the right initiator address into conn->init_addr_type.
Without this patch, if privacy is enabled, we will send the wrong
address type in the SMP identity address information PDU (it'll e.g.
contain our public address but a random address type).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Seccomp BPF filters can now be JIT'd, from Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Multiqueue support in xen-netback and xen-netfront, from Andrew J
Benniston.
3) Allow tweaking of aggregation settings in cdc_ncm driver, from Bjørn
Mork.
4) BPF now has a "random" opcode, from Chema Gonzalez.
5) Add more BPF documentation and improve test framework, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Support TCP fastopen over ipv6, from Daniel Lee.
7) Add software TSO helper functions and use them to support software
TSO in mvneta and mv643xx_eth drivers. From Ezequiel Garcia.
8) Support software TSO in fec driver too, from Nimrod Andy.
9) Add Broadcom SYSTEMPORT driver, from Florian Fainelli.
10) Handle broadcasts more gracefully over macvlan when there are large
numbers of interfaces configured, from Herbert Xu.
11) Allow more control over fwmark used for non-socket based responses,
from Lorenzo Colitti.
12) Do TCP congestion window limiting based upon measurements, from Neal
Cardwell.
13) Support busy polling in SCTP, from Neal Horman.
14) Allow RSS key to be configured via ethtool, from Venkata Duvvuru.
15) Bridge promisc mode handling improvements from Vlad Yasevich.
16) Don't use inetpeer entries to implement ID generation any more, it
performs poorly, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1522 commits)
rtnetlink: fix userspace API breakage for iproute2 < v3.9.0
tcp: fixing TLP's FIN recovery
net: fec: Add software TSO support
net: fec: Add Scatter/gather support
net: fec: Increase buffer descriptor entry number
net: fec: Factorize feature setting
net: fec: Enable IP header hardware checksum
net: fec: Factorize the .xmit transmit function
bridge: fix compile error when compiling without IPv6 support
bridge: fix smatch warning / potential null pointer dereference
via-rhine: fix full-duplex with autoneg disable
bnx2x: Enlarge the dorq threshold for VFs
bnx2x: Check for UNDI in uncommon branch
bnx2x: Fix 1G-baseT link
bnx2x: Fix link for KR with swapped polarity lane
sctp: Fix sk_ack_backlog wrap-around problem
net/core: Add VF link state control policy
net/fsl: xgmac_mdio is dependent on OF_MDIO
net/fsl: Make xgmac_mdio read error message useful
net_sched: drr: warn when qdisc is not work conserving
...
There are several instances where a pskb_copy or __pskb_copy is
immediately followed by an skb_clone.
Add a couple of new functions to allow the copy skb to be allocated
from the fclone cache and thus speed up subsequent skb_clone calls.
Cc: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Cc: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Cc: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <octavian.purdila@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that 3.15 is released, this merges the 'next' branch into 'master',
bringing us to the normal situation where my 'master' branch is the
merge window.
* accumulated work in next: (6809 commits)
ufs: sb mutex merge + mutex_destroy
powerpc: update comments for generic idle conversion
cris: update comments for generic idle conversion
idle: remove cpu_idle() forward declarations
nbd: zero from and len fields in NBD_CMD_DISCONNECT.
mm: convert some level-less printks to pr_*
MAINTAINERS: adi-buildroot-devel is moderated
MAINTAINERS: add linux-api for review of API/ABI changes
mm/kmemleak-test.c: use pr_fmt for logging
fs/dlm/debug_fs.c: replace seq_printf by seq_puts
fs/dlm/lockspace.c: convert simple_str to kstr
fs/dlm/config.c: convert simple_str to kstr
mm: mark remap_file_pages() syscall as deprecated
mm: memcontrol: remove unnecessary memcg argument from soft limit functions
mm: memcontrol: clean up memcg zoneinfo lookup
mm/memblock.c: call kmemleak directly from memblock_(alloc|free)
mm/mempool.c: update the kmemleak stack trace for mempool allocations
lib/radix-tree.c: update the kmemleak stack trace for radix tree allocations
mm: introduce kmemleak_update_trace()
mm/kmemleak.c: use %u to print ->checksum
...
-[0x01 Introduction
We have found a programming error causing a deadlock in Bluetooth subsystem
of Linux kernel. The problem is caused by missing release_sock() call when
L2CAP connection creation fails due full accept queue.
The issue can be reproduced with 3.15-rc5 kernel and is also present in
earlier kernels.
-[0x02 Details
The problem occurs when multiple L2CAP connections are created to a PSM which
contains listening socket (like SDP) and left pending, for example,
configuration (the underlying ACL link is not disconnected between
connections).
When L2CAP connection request is received and listening socket is found the
l2cap_sock_new_connection_cb() function (net/bluetooth/l2cap_sock.c) is called.
This function locks the 'parent' socket and then checks if the accept queue
is full.
1178 lock_sock(parent);
1179
1180 /* Check for backlog size */
1181 if (sk_acceptq_is_full(parent)) {
1182 BT_DBG("backlog full %d", parent->sk_ack_backlog);
1183 return NULL;
1184 }
If case the accept queue is full NULL is returned, but the 'parent' socket
is not released. Thus when next L2CAP connection request is received the code
blocks on lock_sock() since the parent is still locked.
Also note that for connections already established and waiting for
configuration to complete a timeout will occur and l2cap_chan_timeout()
(net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c) will be called. All threads calling this
function will also be blocked waiting for the channel mutex since the thread
which is waiting on lock_sock() alread holds the channel mutex.
We were able to reproduce this by sending continuously L2CAP connection
request followed by disconnection request containing invalid CID. This left
the created connections pending configuration.
After the deadlock occurs it is impossible to kill bluetoothd, btmon will not
get any more data etc. requiring reboot to recover.
-[0x03 Fix
Releasing the 'parent' socket when l2cap_sock_new_connection_cb() returns NULL
seems to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Taimisto <jtt@codenomicon.com>
Reported-by: Tommi Mäkilä <tmakila@codenomicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
When checking whether a legacy link key provides at least HIGH security
level we also need to check for FIPS level which is one step above HIGH.
This patch fixes a missing check in the hci_link_key_request_evt()
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Due to recent changes to the way that the MITM requirement is set for
outgoing pairing attempts we can no longer rely on the hcon->auth_type
variable (which is actually good since it was formed from BR/EDR
concepts that don't really exist for SMP).
To match the logic that BR/EDR now uses simply rely on the local IO
capability and/or needed security level to set the MITM requirement for
outgoing pairing requests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Default values for various channel settings were missing. This
way channel users do not need to set default values themselves.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The universal/local bit handling was incorrectly done in the code.
So when setting EUI address from BD address we do this:
- If BD address type is PUBLIC, then we clear the universal bit
in EUI address. If the address type is RANDOM, then the universal
bit is set (BT 6lowpan draft chapter 3.2.2)
- After this we invert the universal/local bit according to RFC 2464
When figuring out BD address we do the reverse:
- Take EUI address from stateless IPv6 address, invert the
universal/local bit according to RFC 2464
- If universal bit is 1 in this modified EUI address, then address
type is set to RANDOM, otherwise it is PUBLIC
Note that 6lowpan_iphc.[ch] does the final toggling of U/L bit
before sending or receiving the network packet.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
When checking whether we need to request authentication or not we should
include HCI_SECURITY_FIPS to the levels that always need authentication.
This patch fixes check for it in the hci_outgoing_auth_needed()
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
In case there are new LTK types in the future we shouldn't just blindly
assume that != MGMT_LTK_UNAUTHENTICATED means that the key is
authenticated. This patch adds explicit checks for each allowed key type
in the form of a switch statement and skips any key which has an unknown
value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
On the mgmt level we have a key type parameter which currently accepts
two possible values: 0x00 for unauthenticated and 0x01 for
authenticated. However, in the internal struct smp_ltk representation we
have an explicit "authenticated" boolean value.
To make this distinction clear, add defines for the possible mgmt values
and do conversion to and from the internal authenticated value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that smp_confirm() is called "inline" we can have it return a
response code and have the sending of it be done in the shared place for
command handlers. One exception is when we're entering smp.c from mgmt.c
when user space responds to authentication, in which case we still need
our own code to call smp_failure().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we're now calling smp_random() "inline" we can have it directly
return a response code and have the shared command handler send the
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to have "smp" in this variable name since it is
already part of the SMP struct which provides sufficient context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the SMP code was initially created (mid-2011) parts of the
Bluetooth subsystem were still not converted to use workqueues. This
meant that the crypto calls, which could sleep, couldn't be called
directly. Because of this the "confirm" and "random" work structs were
introduced.
These days the entire Bluetooth subsystem runs through workqueues which
makes these structs unnecessary. This patch removes them and converts
the calls to queue them to use direct function calls instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no reason to have the initial local value conditional to
whether the remote value has bonding set or not. We can either way start
off with the value we received.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are no users of the smp_chan struct outside of smp.c so move it
away from smp.h. The addition of the l2cap.h include to hci_core.c,
hci_conn.c and mgmt.c is something that should have been there already
previously to avoid warnings of undeclared struct l2cap_conn, but the
compiler warning was apparently shadowed away by the mention of
l2cap_conn in the struct smp_chan definition.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
conn_info_age value is calculated in ms, so need to be converted to
jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for max_tx_power in Get Connection Information
request. Value is read only once for given connection and then always
returned in response as parameter.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support to store local maximum TX power level for
connection when reply for HCI_Read_Transmit_Power_Level is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
TX power for LE links is immutable thus we do not need to query for it
if already have value.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for Get Connection Information mgmt command
which can be used to query for information about connection, i.e. RSSI
and local TX power level.
In general values cached in hci_conn are returned as long as they are
considered valid, i.e. do not exceed age limit set in hdev. This limit
is calculated as random value between min/max values to avoid client
trying to guess when to poll for updated information.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds conn_info_min_age and conn_info_max_age parameters to
debugfs which determine lifetime of connection information. Actual
lifetime will be random value between min and max age.
Default values for min and max age are 1000ms and 3000ms respectively.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
0466 was probably meant to be 0644, there's no reason why everyone
except root could write there.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
This patch adds support to store local TX power level for connection
when reply for HCI_Read_Transmit_Power_Level is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
changes with the Device Found management event and other fixes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds support to store RSSI for connection when reply for
HCI_Read_RSSI is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Invalid Parameters error code is used to indicate that the command
length is invalid or that a parameter is outside of the specified range.
This error code wasn't clearly specified in the Bluetooth 4.0
specification but since 4.1 this has been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Enabling CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP has shown that some rfcomm functions
acquiring spinlocks call sleeping locks further in the chain. Converting
the offending spinlocks into mutexes makes sleeping safe.
Signed-off-by: Libor Pechacek <lpechacek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're performing reauthentication (in order to elevate the
security level from an unauthenticated key to an authenticated one) we
do not need to issue any encryption command once authentication
completes. Since the trigger for the encryption HCI command is the
ENCRYPT_PEND flag this flag should not be set in this scenario.
Instead, the REAUTH_PEND flag takes care of all necessary steps for
reauthentication.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Commit 1c2e004183 introduced an event handler for the encryption key
refresh complete event with the intent of fixing some LE/SMP cases.
However, this event is shared with BR/EDR and there we actually want to
act only on the auth_complete event (which comes after the key refresh).
If we do not do this we may trigger an L2CAP Connect Request too early
and cause the remote side to return a security block error.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
The HCISETRAW ioctl command is not really useful. To utilize raw and
direct access to the HCI controller, the HCI User Channel feature has
been introduced. Return EOPNOTSUPP to indicate missing support for
this command.
For legacy reasons hcidump used to use HCISETRAW for permission check
to return proper error codes to users. To keep backwards compability
return EPERM in case the caller does not have CAP_NET_ADMIN capability.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Several spots in the kernel perform a sequence like:
skb_queue_tail(&sk->s_receive_queue, skb);
sk->sk_data_ready(sk, skb->len);
But at the moment we place the SKB onto the socket receive queue it
can be consumed and freed up. So this skb->len access is potentially
to freed up memory.
Furthermore, the skb->len can be modified by the consumer so it is
possible that the value isn't accurate.
And finally, no actual implementation of this callback actually uses
the length argument. And since nobody actually cared about it's
value, lots of call sites pass arbitrary values in such as '0' and
even '1'.
So just remove the length argument from the callback, that way there
is no confusion whatsoever and all of these use-after-free cases get
fixed as a side effect.
Based upon a patch by Eric Dumazet and his suggestion to audit this
issue tree-wide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GAP Specification gives the flexibility to decide whether MITM
Protection is requested or not (Bluetooth Core Specification v4.0
Volume 3, part C, section 6.5.3) when replying to an
HCI_EV_IO_CAPA_REQUEST event.
The recommendation is *not* to set this flag "unless the security
policy of an available local service requires MITM Protection"
(regardless of the bonding type). However, the kernel doesn't
necessarily have this information and therefore the safest choice is
to always use MITM Protection, also for General Bonding.
This patch changes the behavior for the General Bonding initiator
role, always requesting MITM Protection even if no high security level
is used. Depending on the remote capabilities, the protection might
not be actually used, and we will accept this locally unless of course
a high security level was originally required.
Note that this was already done for Dedicated Bonding. No-Bonding is
left unmodified because MITM Protection is normally not desired in
these cases.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Timo Mueller <timo.mueller@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When responding to a remotely-initiated pairing procedure, a MITM
protected SSP associaton model can be used for pairing if both local
and remote IO capabilities are set to something other than
NoInputNoOutput, regardless of the bonding type (Dedicated or
General).
This was already done for Dedicated Bonding but this patch proposes to
use the same policy for General Bonding as well.
The GAP Specification gives the flexibility to decide whether MITM
Protection is used ot not (Bluetooth Core Specification v4.0 Volume 3,
part C, section 6.5.3).
Note however that the recommendation is *not* to set this flag "unless
the security policy of an available local service requires MITM
Protection" (for both Dedicated and General Bonding). However, as we are
already requiring MITM for Dedicated Bonding, we will follow this
behaviour also for General Bonding.
Signed-off-by: Timo Mueller <timo.mueller@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Do not always set the MITM protection requirement by default in the
field conn->auth_type, since this will be added later in
hci_io_capa_request_evt(), as part of the requirements specified in
HCI_OP_IO_CAPABILITY_REPLY.
This avoids a hackish exception for the auto-reject case, but doesn't
change the behavior of the code at all.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Refactor the code without changing its behavior by handling the
no-bonding cases first followed by General Bonding.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Timo Mueller <timo.mueller@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Here is my initial pull request for the networking subsystem during
this merge window:
1) Support for ESN in AH (RFC 4302) from Fan Du.
2) Add full kernel doc for ethtool command structures, from Ben
Hutchings.
3) Add BCM7xxx PHY driver, from Florian Fainelli.
4) Export computed TCP rate information in netlink socket dumps, from
Eric Dumazet.
5) Allow IPSEC SA to be dumped partially using a filter, from Nicolas
Dichtel.
6) Convert many drivers to pci_enable_msix_range(), from Alexander
Gordeev.
7) Record SKB timestamps more efficiently, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Switch to microsecond resolution for TCP round trip times, also
from Eric Dumazet.
9) Clean up and fix 6lowpan fragmentation handling by making use of
the existing inet_frag api for it's implementation.
10) Add TX grant mapping to xen-netback driver, from Zoltan Kiss.
11) Auto size SKB lengths when composing netlink messages based upon
past message sizes used, from Eric Dumazet.
12) qdisc dumps can take a long time, add a cond_resched(), From Eric
Dumazet.
13) Sanitize netpoll core and drivers wrt. SKB handling semantics.
Get rid of never-used-in-tree netpoll RX handling. From Eric W
Biederman.
14) Support inter-address-family and namespace changing in VTI tunnel
driver(s). From Steffen Klassert.
15) Add Altera TSE driver, from Vince Bridgers.
16) Optimizing csum_replace2() so that it doesn't adjust the checksum
by checksumming the entire header, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Expand BPF internal implementation for faster interpreting, more
direct translations into JIT'd code, and much cleaner uses of BPF
filtering in non-socket ocntexts. From Daniel Borkmann and Alexei
Starovoitov"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1976 commits)
netpoll: Use skb_irq_freeable to make zap_completion_queue safe.
net: Add a test to see if a skb is freeable in irq context
qlcnic: Fix build failure due to undefined reference to `vxlan_get_rx_port'
net: ptp: move PTP classifier in its own file
net: sxgbe: make "core_ops" static
net: sxgbe: fix logical vs bitwise operation
net: sxgbe: sxgbe_mdio_register() frees the bus
Call efx_set_channels() before efx->type->dimension_resources()
xen-netback: disable rogue vif in kthread context
net/mlx4: Set proper build dependancy with vxlan
be2net: fix build dependency on VxLAN
mac802154: make csma/cca parameters per-wpan
mac802154: allow only one WPAN to be up at any given time
net: filter: minor: fix kdoc in __sk_run_filter
netlink: don't compare the nul-termination in nla_strcmp
can: c_can: Avoid led toggling for every packet.
can: c_can: Simplify TX interrupt cleanup
can: c_can: Store dlc private
can: c_can: Reduce register access
can: c_can: Make the code readable
...
Pull HID updates from Jiri Kosina:
- substantial cleanup of the generic and transport layers, in the
direction of an ultimate goal of making struct hid_device completely
transport independent, by Benjamin Tissoires
- cp2112 driver from David Barksdale
- a lot of fixes and new hardware support (Dualshock 4) to hid-sony
driver, by Frank Praznik
- support for Win 8.1 multitouch protocol by Andrew Duggan
- other smaller fixes / device ID additions
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid: (75 commits)
HID: sony: fix force feedback mismerge
HID: sony: Set the quriks flag for Bluetooth controllers
HID: sony: Fix Sixaxis cable state detection
HID: uhid: Add UHID_CREATE2 + UHID_INPUT2
HID: hyperv: fix _raw_request() prototype
HID: hyperv: Implement a stub raw_request() entry point
HID: hid-sensor-hub: fix sleeping function called from invalid context
HID: multitouch: add support for Win 8.1 multitouch touchpads
HID: remove hid_output_raw_report transport implementations
HID: sony: do not rely on hid_output_raw_report
HID: cp2112: remove the last hid_output_raw_report() call
HID: cp2112: remove various hid_out_raw_report calls
HID: multitouch: add support of other generic collections in hid-mt
HID: multitouch: remove pen special handling
HID: multitouch: remove registered devices with default behavior
HID: hidp: Add a comment that some devices depend on the current behavior of uniq
HID: sony: Prevent duplicate controller connections.
HID: sony: Perform a boundry check on the sixaxis battery level index.
HID: sony: Fix work queue issues
HID: sony: Fix multi-line comment styling
...
When sending out a device found event caused by an advertising report in
the situation where we couldn't store the report as a pending one, the
code was incorrectly trying to use the address and address type from the
pending data. Since the pending data is cleared in the previous line
this causes a potentially incorrect address type and an address of
BDADDR_ANY. This patch fixes the call to use the address information
correctly from the received advertising report.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be consistent, lets use msec for this timeout as well.
Note: This define value is a minimum scan time taken from BT Core spec 4.0,
Vol 3, Part C, chapter 9.2.6
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With this patch it is possible to control discovery interleaved
timeout value from debugfs.
It is for fine tuning of this timeout.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Keep msec instead of jiffies in this define. This is needed by following
patch where we want this timeout to be exposed in debugfs.
Note: Value of this timeout comes from recommendation in BT Core Spec.4.0,
Vol 3, Part C, chapter 13.2.1.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ssp parameter is supposed to be a mandatory one and there are no
callers that would pass NULL to this function. Removing this unnecessary
NULL check also makes (false positive) static analyzer warnings go away.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When sending a pending device found event triggered by disabling LE
scanning we should use the stored RSSI instead of sending a zero value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Especially in crowded environments it can become frequent that we have
to send out whatever pending event there is stored. Since user space
has its own filtering of small RSSI changes sending a 0 value will
essentially force user space to wake up the higher layers (e.g. over
D-Bus) even though the RSSI didn't actually change more than the
threshold value.
This patch adds storing also of the RSSI for pending advertising reports
so that we report an as accurate RSSI as possible when we have to send
out the stored information to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Occasionally, during active scanning we will receive duplicate ADV_IND
reports from the same device before receiving the SCAN_RSP from them. In
order to not wake up user space unnecessarily it's better not to send
these extra events as they do not contain any new information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The line was incorrectly split between the variable type and its name.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All callers of hci_inquiry_cache_update() pass a non-NULL ssp pointer to
it and even the function itself assumes in another place that the
pointer is non-NULL. Therefore, remove the redundant check.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To avoid too many events being sent to user space and to help parsing of
all available remote device data it makes sense for us to wait for the
scan response and send a single merged Device Found event to user space.
This patch adds a few new variables to hci_dev to track the last
received ADV_IND/ADV_SCAN_IND, i.e. those which will cause a SCAN_REQ to
be send in the case of active scanning. When the SCAN_RSP is received
the pending data is passed together with the SCAN_RSP to the
mgmt_device_found function which takes care of merging them into a
single Device Found event.
We also need a bit of extra logic to handle situations where we don't
receive a SCAN_RSP after caching some data. In such a scenario we simply
have to send out the pending data as it is and then operate on the new
report as if there was no pending data.
We also need to send out any pending data when scanning stops as
well as ensure that the storage is empty at the start of a new active
scanning session. These both cases are covered by the update to the
hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable function in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're in peripheral mode (HCI_ADVERTISING flag is set) the most
natural mapping of connect() is to perform directed advertising to the
peer device.
This patch does the necessary changes to enable directed advertising and
keeps the hci_conn state as BT_CONNECT in a similar way as is done for
central or BR/EDR connection initiation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation for being able to merge ADV_IND/ADV_SCAN_IND and SCAN_RSP
together into a single device found event add a second parameter to the
mgmt_device_found function. For now all callers pass NULL as this
parameters since we don't yet have storing of the last received
advertising report.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Passive LE scanning is only used by the kernel-internal connection
establishment procedure. It makes therefore little sense to send device
found events to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When a timeout occurs using directed advertising a 0x3c error gets
generated. Since the operation is analogous to conventional connection
creation map this to the usual EHOSTDOWN error.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once directed advertising is brought into the picture simply the lack of
an hci_conn object when an le_conn_complete event occurs is no longer a
reliable indication that the responder & initiator values need to be
set based on our advertising address type.
This patch moves the code for setting these values outside of the
"if (!conn)" branch and ensures that they get set for any connection
where we are in the slave role.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Any time hci_conn_add is used for an LE connection we need to ensure
that the local identity address is correctly described in the src and
src_type variables. This patch moves setting these values directly into
hci_conn_add so that callers don't have to duplicate the effort
themselves.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch does a small code simplification replacing the tipical
kmalloc-copy_from_user sequence by memdup_user() helper.
Cc: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for merging ADV_IND/ADV_SCAN_IND and SCAN_RSP together
into a single mgmt Device Found event refactor individual advertising
report handling into a separate function. This will help keep the code
more readable as more logic gets added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should let user space request the peer address also in the pending
connect states, i.e. BT_CONNECT and BT_CONNECT2. There is existing user
space code that tries to do this and will fail without extending the set
of allowed states for the peer address information.
This patch adds the two states to the allowed ones in the L2CAP and
RFCOMM sock_getname functions, thereby preventing ENOTCONN from being
returned.
Reported-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The smp variable in smp_conn_security is not used anywhere before the
smp = smp_chan_create() call in the smp_conn_security function so it
makes no sense to assign any other value to it before that.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The smp pointer might not be initialized for jumps to the "done" label
in the smp_conn_security function. Furthermore doing the set_bit after
done might "overwrite" a previous value of the flag in case pairing was
already in progress. This patch moves the call to set_bit before the
label so that it is only done for a newly created smp context (as
returned by smp_chan_create).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Due to several devices being unable to handle this procedure reliably
(resulting in forced disconnections before pairing completes) it's
better to remove it altogether.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the case that the just-works model would be triggered we only want to
confirm remotely initiated pairings (i.e. those triggered by a Security
Request or Pairing Request). This patch adds the necessary check to the
tk_request function to fall back to the JUST_WORKS method in the case of
a locally initiated pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For remotely initiated just-works pairings we want to show the user a
confirmation dialog for the pairing. However, we can only know which
side was the initiator by tracking which side sends the first Security
Request or Pairing Request PDU. This patch adds a new SMP flag to
indicate whether our side was the initiator for the pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the case that a local pairing confirmation (JUST_CFM) has been
selected as the method we need to use the user confirm request mgmt
event for it with the confirm_hint set to 1 (to indicate confirmation
without any specific passkey value). Without this (if passkey_notify was
used) the pairing would never proceed. This patch adds the necessary
call to mgmt_user_confirm_request in this scenario.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is possible that the HCI_LE_Start_Encryption command fails in an
early stage and triggers a command status event with the failure code.
In such a case we need to properly notify the hci_conn object and
cleanly bring the connection down. This patch adds the missing command
status handler for this HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LE scan type paramter defines if active scanning or passive scanning
is in use. Track the currently set value so it can be used for decision
making from other pieces in the core.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We need to ensure that we do not send events to user space with the
identity address if we have not yet notified user space of the IRK. The
code was previously trying to handle this for the mgmt_pair_device
response (which worked well enough) but this is not the only connection
related event that might be sent to user space before pairing is
successful: another important event is Device Disconnected.
The issue can actually be solved more simply than the solution
previously used for mgmt_pair_device. Since we do have the identity
address tracked as part of the remote IRK struct we can just copy it
over from there to the hci_conn struct once we've for real sent the mgmt
event for the new IRK.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The passkey_notify and user_confirm functions in mgmt.c were expecting
different endianess for the passkey, leading to a big endian bug and
sparse warning in recently added SMP code. This patch converts both
functions to expect host endianess and do the conversion to little
endian only when assigning to the mgmt event struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In Secure Connections Only mode, it is required that Secure Connections
is used for pairing and that the link key is encrypted with AES-CCM using
a P-256 authenticated combination key. If this is not the case, then new
connection shall be refused or existing connections shall be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It is possible that pairing fails after we've already received remote
identity information. One example of such a situation is when
re-encryption using the LTK fails. In this case the hci_conn object has
already been updated with the identity address but user space does not
yet know about it (since we didn't notify it of the new IRK yet).
To ensure user space doesn't get a Pair Device command response with an
unknown address always use the same address in the response as was used
for the original command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When performing SMP pairing with MITM protection one side needs to
enter the passkey while the other side displays to the user what needs
to be entered. Nowhere in the SMP specification does it say that the
displaying side needs to any kind of confirmation of the passkey, even
though a code comment in smp.c implies this.
This patch removes the misleading comment and converts the code to use
the passkey notification mgmt event instead of the passkey confirmation
mgmt event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some cases the current 250ms delay is not enough for the remote to
receive the keys, as can be witnessed by the following log:
> ACL Data RX: Handle 64 flags 0x02 dlen 21 [hci1] 231.414217
SMP: Signing Information (0x0a) len 16
Signature key: 555bb66b7ab3abc9d5c287c97fe6eb29
< ACL Data TX: Handle 64 flags 0x00 dlen 21 [hci1] 231.414414
SMP: Encryption Information (0x06) len 16
Long term key: 2a7cdc233c9a4b1f3ed31dd9843fea29
< ACL Data TX: Handle 64 flags 0x00 dlen 15 [hci1] 231.414466
SMP: Master Identification (0x07) len 10
EDIV: 0xeccc
Rand: 0x322e0ef50bd9308a
< ACL Data TX: Handle 64 flags 0x00 dlen 21 [hci1] 231.414505
SMP: Signing Information (0x0a) len 16
Signature key: bbda1b2076e2325aa66fbcdd5388f745
> HCI Event: Number of Completed Packets (0x13) plen 5 [hci1] 231.483130
Num handles: 1
Handle: 64
Count: 2
< HCI Command: LE Start Encryption (0x08|0x0019) plen 28 [hci1] 231.664211
Handle: 64
Random number: 0x5052ad2b75fed54b
Encrypted diversifier: 0xb7c2
Long term key: a336ede66711b49a84bde9b41426692e
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4 [hci1] 231.666937
LE Start Encryption (0x08|0x0019) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: Number of Completed Packets (0x13) plen 5 [hci1] 231.712646
Num handles: 1
Handle: 64
Count: 1
> HCI Event: Disconnect Complete (0x05) plen 4 [hci1] 232.562587
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 64
Reason: Remote User Terminated Connection (0x13)
As can be seen, the last key (Signing Information) is sent at 231.414505
but the completed packets event for it comes only at 231.712646,
i.e. roughly 298ms later.
To have a better margin of error this patch increases the delay to
500ms.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is a trivial coding style simplification by instead of having an
extra early return to instead revert the if condition and do the single
needed queue_work() call there.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The pairing process initiated through mgmt sets the conn->auth_type
value regardless of BR/EDR or LE pairing. This value will contain the
MITM flag if the local IO capability allows it. When sending the SMP
pairing request we should check the value and ensure that the MITM bit
gets correctly set in the bonding flags.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP specification is written with the assumption that both key
information, plaintextData and encryptedData follow the same little
endian byte ordering as the rest of SMP.
Since the kernel crypto routines expect big endian data the code has had
to do various byte swapping tricks to make the behavior as expected,
however the swapping has been scattered all around the place.
This patch centralizes the byte order swapping into the smp_e function
by making its public interface match what the other SMP functions expect
as per specification. The benefit is vastly simplified calls to smp_e.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make it possible to (correctly) pass data declared as const as the
src parameter to the swap56 and swap128 functions declare this parameter
also as const.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When performing pairing using SMP the remote may clear any key
distribution bits it wants in its pairing response. We must therefore
update our local variable accordingly, otherwise we might get stuck
waiting for keys that will never come.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Nobody calls hid_output_raw_report anymore, and nobody should.
We can now remove the various implementation in the different
transport drivers and the declarations.
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Commit 975508879 "Bluetooth: make bluetooth 6lowpan as an option"
ensures that 6LOWPAN_IPHC is turned on when we have BT_6LOWPAN
enabled in Kconfig, but it allows building the IPHC code as
a loadable module even if the entire Bluetooth stack is built-in,
and that causes a link error.
We can solve that by moving the 'select' statement into CONFIG_BT,
which is a "tristate" option to enforce that 6LOWPAN_IPHC can
only be a module if BT also is a module.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The use of __constant_<foo> has been unnecessary for quite awhile now.
Make these uses consistent with the rest of the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To avoid flooding the host with useless advertising reports during
background scan, we enable the duplicates filter from controller.
However, enabling duplicates filter requires a small change in
background scan routine in order to fix the following scenario:
1) Background scan is running.
2) A device disconnects and starts advertising.
3) Before host gets the disconnect event, the advertising is reported
to host. Since there is no pending LE connection at that time,
nothing happens.
4) Host gets the disconnection event and adds a pending connection.
5) No advertising is reported (since controller is filtering) and the
connection is never established.
So, to address this scenario, we should always restart background scan
to unsure we don't miss any advertising report (due to duplicates
filter).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently you can have bluetooth 6lowpan without ipv6 enabled. This
doesn't make any sense. With this patch you can disable/enable bluetooth
6lowpan support at compile time.
The current bluetooth 6lowpan implementation doesn't check the return
value of 6lowpan function. Nevertheless I added -EOPNOTSUPP as return value
if 6lowpan bluetooth is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In case the pairable option has been disabled, the pairing procedure
does not create keys for bonding. This means that these generated keys
should not be stored persistently.
For LTK and CSRK this is important to tell userspace to not store these
new keys. They will be available for the lifetime of the device, but
after the next power cycle they should not be used anymore.
Inform userspace to actually store the keys persistently only if both
sides request bonding.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The connection signature resolving key (CSRK) is used for attribute
protocol signed write procedures. This change generates a new local
key during pairing and requests the peer key as well.
Newly generated key and received key will be provided to userspace
using the New Signature Resolving Key management event.
The Master CSRK can be used for verification of remote signed write
PDUs and the Slave CSRK can be used for sending signed write PDUs
to the remote device.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
vtable's method alloc_skb() needs to return a ERR_PTR in case of err and
not a NULL.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The debug logs for reporting a discrepancy between the expected amount
of keys and the actually received amount of keys got these value mixed
up. This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This header is used by bluetooth and ieee802154 branch. This patch
move this header to the include/net directory to avoid a use of a
relative path in include.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes authentication failure on LE link re-connection when
BlueZ acts as slave (peripheral). LTK is removed from the internal list
after its first use causing PIN or Key missing reply when re-connecting
the link. The LE Long Term Key Request event indicates that the master
is attempting to encrypt or re-encrypt the link.
Pre-condition: BlueZ host paired and running as slave.
How to reproduce(master):
1) Establish an ACL LE encrypted link
2) Disconnect the link
3) Try to re-establish the ACL LE encrypted link (fails)
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 19
LE Connection Complete (0x01)
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 64
Role: Slave (0x01)
...
@ Device Connected: 00:02:72:DC:29:C9 (1) flags 0x0000
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 13
LE Long Term Key Request (0x05)
Handle: 64
Random number: 875be18439d9aa37
Encryption diversifier: 0x76ed
< HCI Command: LE Long Term Key Request Reply (0x08|0x001a) plen 18
Handle: 64
Long term key: 2aa531db2fce9f00a0569c7d23d17409
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 6
LE Long Term Key Request Reply (0x08|0x001a) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 64
> HCI Event: Encryption Change (0x08) plen 4
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 64
Encryption: Enabled with AES-CCM (0x01)
...
@ Device Disconnected: 00:02:72:DC:29:C9 (1) reason 3
< HCI Command: LE Set Advertise Enable (0x08|0x000a) plen 1
Advertising: Enabled (0x01)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Advertise Enable (0x08|0x000a) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 19
LE Connection Complete (0x01)
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 64
Role: Slave (0x01)
...
@ Device Connected: 00:02:72:DC:29:C9 (1) flags 0x0000
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 13
LE Long Term Key Request (0x05)
Handle: 64
Random number: 875be18439d9aa37
Encryption diversifier: 0x76ed
< HCI Command: LE Long Term Key Request Neg Reply (0x08|0x001b) plen 2
Handle: 64
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 6
LE Long Term Key Request Neg Reply (0x08|0x001b) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 64
> HCI Event: Disconnect Complete (0x05) plen 4
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 64
Reason: Authentication Failure (0x05)
@ Device Disconnected: 00:02:72:DC:29:C9 (1) reason 0
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The stop_scan_complete function was used as an intermediate step before
doing the actual connection creation. Since we're using hci_request
there's no reason to have this extra function around, i.e. we can simply
put both HCI commands into the same request.
The single task that the intermediate function had, i.e. indicating
discovery as stopped is now taken care of by a new
HCI_LE_SCAN_INTERRUPTED flag which allows us to do the discovery state
update when the stop scan command completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The discovery process has a timer for disabling scanning, however
scanning might be disabled through other means too like the auto-connect
process. We should therefore ensure that the timer is never active
after sending a HCI command to disable scanning.
There was some existing code in stop_scan_complete trying to avoid the
timer when a connect request interrupts a discovery procedure, but the
other way around was not covered. This patch covers both scenarios by
canceling the timer as soon as we get a successful command complete for
the disabling HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some devices may refuse to re-encrypt with the LTK if they haven't
received all our keys yet. This patch adds a 250ms delay before
attempting re-encryption with the LTK.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's not strictly speaking required to re-encrypt a link once we receive
an LTK since the connection is already encrypted with the STK. However,
re-encrypting with the LTK allows us to verify that we've received an
LTK that actually works.
This patch updates the SMP code to request encrypting with the LTK in
case we're in master role and waits until the key refresh complete event
before notifying user space of the distributed keys.
A new flag is also added for the SMP context to ensure that we
re-encryption only once in case of multiple calls to smp_distribute_keys.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LE connection attempts do not have a controller side timeout in the same
way as BR/EDR has (in form of the page timeout). Since we always do
scanning before initiating connections the attempts are always expected
to succeed in some reasonable time.
This patch adds a timer which forces a cancellation of the connection
attempt within 20 seconds if it has not been successful by then. This
way we e.g. ensure that mgmt_pair_device times out eventually and gives
an error response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have nicely tracked values of the initiator and responder
address information we can pass that directly to the smp_c1 function
without worrying e.g. about who initiated the connection. This patch
updates the two places in smp.c to use the new variables.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For SMP we need the local and remote addresses (and their types) that
were used to establish the connection. These may be different from the
Identity Addresses or even the current RPA. To guarantee that we have
this information available and it is correct track these values
separately from the very beginning of the connection.
For outgoing connections we set the values as soon as we get a
successful command status for HCI_LE_Create_Connection (for which the
patch adds a command status handler function) and for incoming
connections as soon as we get a LE Connection Complete HCI event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We shouldn't update the hci_conn state to BT_CONNECT until the moment
that we're ready to send the initiating HCI command for it. If the
connection has the BT_CONNECT state too early the code responsible for
updating the local random address may incorrectly think there's a
pending connection in progress and refuse to update the address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Different controllers behave differently when HCI_Set_Random_Address is
called while they are advertising or have a HCI_LE_Create_Connection in
progress. Some take the newly written address into use for the pending
operation while others use the random address that we had at the time
that the operation started.
Due to this undefined behavior and for the fact that we want to reliably
determine the initiator address of all connections for the sake of SMP
it's best to simply prevent the random address update if we have these
problematic operations in progress.
This patch adds a set_random_addr() helper function for the use of
hci_update_random_address which contains the necessary checks for
advertising and ongoing LE connections.
One extra thing we need to do is to clear the HCI_ADVERTISING flag in
the enable_advertising() function before sending any commands. Since
re-enabling advertising happens by calling first disable_advertising()
and then enable_advertising() all while having the HCI_ADVERTISING flag
set. Clearing the flag lets the set_random_addr() function know that
it's safe to write a new address at least as far as advertising is
concerned.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If SMP fails we should not leave any keys (LTKs or IRKs) hanging around
the internal lists. This patch adds the necessary code to
smp_chan_destroy to remove any keys we may have in case of pairing
failure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The random numbers in Bluetooth Low Energy are 64-bit numbers and should
also be little endian since the HCI specification is little endian.
Change the whole Low Energy pairing to use __le64 instead of a byte
array.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If some of the cleanup commands caused by mgmt_set_powered(off) never
complete we should still force the adapter to be powered down. This is
rather easy to do since hdev->power_off is already a delayed work
struct. This patch schedules this delayed work if at least one HCI
command was sent by the cleanup procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When powering off and disconnecting devices we should also consider
connections which have not yet reached the BT_CONNECTED state. They may
not have a valid handle yet and simply sending a HCI_Disconnect will not
work.
This patch updates the code to either disconnect, cancel connection
creation or reject incoming connection creation based on the current
conn->state value as well as the link type in question.
When the power off procedure results in canceling connection attempts
instead of disconnecting connections we get a connection failed event
instead of a disconnection event. Therefore, we also need to have extra
code in the mgmt_connect_failed function to check if we should proceed
with the power off or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the LE white list gets changed via HCI commands make sure that
the internal storage of the white list entries gets updated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The current LE white list entries require storing in the HCI controller
structure. So provide a storage and access functions for it. In addition
export the current list via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When starting up a controller make sure that all LE white list entries
are cleared. Normally the HCI Reset takes care of this. This is just
in case no HCI Reset has been executed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_blacklist_clear function is not used outside of hci_core.c and
can be made static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The number of places needing the local Identity Address are starting to
grow so it's better to have a single place for the logic of determining
it. This patch adds a convenience function for getting the Identity
Address and updates the two current places needing this to use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To know the real source address for incoming connections (needed e.g.
for SMP) we should store the own_address_type parameter that was used
for the last HCI_LE_Write_Advertising_Parameters command. This patch
adds a proper command complete handler for the command and stores the
address type in a new adv_addr_type variable in the hci_dev struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to mgmt-api.txt, in case of confirm name command,
cmd_complete should be always use as a response. Not command status
as it is now for failures.
Using command complete on failure is actually better as client might
be interested in device address for which confirm name failed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If new scanning parameters are set while background scan is running,
we should restart background scanning so these parameters are updated.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patches creates the public hci_req_add_le_passive_scan helper so
it can be re-used outside hci_core.c in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds to debugfs the le_auto_conn file. This file will be
used to test LE auto connection infrastructure.
This file accept writes in the following format:
"add <address> <address_type> [auto_connect]"
"del <address> <address_type>"
"clr"
The <address type> values are:
* 0 for public address
* 1 for random address
The [auto_connect] values are (for more details see struct hci_
conn_params):
* 0 for disabled (default)
* 1 for always
* 2 for link loss
So for instance, if you want the kernel autonomously establishes
connections with device AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF (public address) every
time the device enters in connectable mode (starts advertising),
you should run the command:
$ echo "add AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF 0 1" > /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/le_auto_conn
To delete the connection parameters for that device, run the command:
$ echo "del AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF 0" > /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/le_auto_conn
To clear the connection parameters list, run the command:
$ echo "clr" > /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/le_auto_conn
Finally. to get the list of connection parameters configured in kernel,
read the le_auto_conn file:
$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/le_auto_conn
This file is created only if LE is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Only identity addresses are inserted into hdev->pend_le_conns. So,
in order to support resolvable private addresses in auto connection
mechanism, we should resolve the address before checking for pending
connections.
Thus, this patch adds an extra check in check_pending_le_conn() and
updates 'addr' and 'addr_type' variables before hci_pend_le_conn_
lookup().
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should only accept connection parameters from identity addresses
(public or random static). Thus, we should check the address type
in hci_conn_params_add().
Additionally, since the IRK is removed during unpair, we should also
remove the connection parameters from that device.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When hdev is closed (e.g. Mgmt power off command, RFKILL or controller
is reset), the ongoing active connections are silently dropped by the
controller (no Disconnection Complete Event is sent to host). For that
reason, the devices that require HCI_AUTO_CONN_ALWAYS are not added to
hdev->pend_le_conns list and they won't auto connect.
So to fix this issue, during hdev closing, we remove all pending LE
connections. After adapter is powered on, we add a pending LE connection
for each HCI_AUTO_CONN_ALWAYS address.
This way, the auto connection mechanism works propely after a power
off and power on sequence as well as RFKILL block/unblock.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the user sends a mgmt start discovery command while the background
scanning is running, we should temporarily stop it. Once the discovery
finishes, we start the background scanning again.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch modifies hci_conn_params_add() and hci_conn_params_del() so
they also add/delete pending LE connections according to the auto_
connect option. This way, background scan is automatically triggered/
untriggered when connection parameters are added/removed.
For instance, when a new connection parameters with HCI_AUTO_CONN_ALWAYS
option is added and we are not connected to the device, we add a pending
LE connection for that device.
Likewise, when the connection parameters are updated we add or delete
a pending LE connection according to its new auto_connect option.
Finally, when the connection parameter is deleted we also delete the
pending LE connection (if any).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the LE auto connection options: HCI_AUTO_CONN_
ALWAYS and HCI_AUTO_CONN_LINK_LOSS. Their working mechanism are
described as follows:
The HCI_AUTO_CONN_ALWAYS option configures the kernel to always re-
establish the connection, no matter the reason the connection was
terminated. This feature is required by some LE profiles such as
HID over GATT, Health Thermometer and Blood Pressure. These profiles
require the host autonomously connect to the device as soon as it
enters in connectable mode (start advertising) so the device is able
to delivery notifications or indications.
The BT_AUTO_CONN_LINK_LOSS option configures the kernel to re-
establish the connection in case the connection was terminated due
to a link loss. This feature is required by the majority of LE
profiles such as Proximity, Find Me, Cycling Speed and Cadence and
Time.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the LE auto connection infrastructure which
will be used to implement the LE auto connection options.
In summary, the auto connection mechanism works as follows: Once the
first pending LE connection is created, the background scanning is
started. When the target device is found in range, the kernel
autonomously starts the connection attempt. If connection is
established successfully, that pending LE connection is deleted and
the background is stopped.
To achieve that, this patch introduces the hci_update_background_scan()
which controls the background scanning state. This function starts or
stops the background scanning based on the hdev->pend_le_conns list. If
there is no pending LE connection, the background scanning is stopped.
Otherwise, we start the background scanning.
Then, every time a pending LE connection is added we call hci_update_
background_scan() so the background scanning is started (in case it is
not already running). Likewise, every time a pending LE connection is
deleted we call hci_update_background_scan() so the background scanning
is stopped (in case this was the last pending LE connection) or it is
started again (in case we have more pending LE connections). Finally,
we also call hci_update_background_scan() in hci_le_conn_failed() so
the background scan is restarted in case the connection establishment
fails. This way the background scanning keeps running until all pending
LE connection are established.
At this point, resolvable addresses are not support by this
infrastructure. The proper support is added in upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the hdev->pend_le_conn list which holds the
device addresses the kernel should autonomously connect. It also
introduces some helper functions to manipulate the list.
The list and helper functions will be used by the next patch which
implements the LE auto connection infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves address type conversion (L2CAP address type to HCI
address type) to outside hci_connect_le. This way, we avoid back and
forth address type conversion in a comming patch.
So hci_connect_le() now expects 'dst_type' parameter in HCI address
type convention.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hci_connect() is a very simple and useless wrapper of hci_connect_acl
and hci_connect_le functions. Addtionally, all places where hci_connect
is called the link type value is passed explicitly. This way, we can
safely delete hci_connect, declare hci_connect_acl and hci_connect_le
in hci_core.h and call them directly.
No functionality is changed by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes hci_create_le_conn() since it is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some LE controllers don't support scanning and creating a connection
at the same time. So we should always stop scanning in order to
establish the connection.
Since we may prematurely stop the discovery procedure in favor of
the connection establishment, we should also cancel hdev->le_scan_
disable delayed work and set the discovery state to DISCOVERY_STOPPED.
This change does a small improvement since it is not mandatory the
user stops scanning before connecting anymore. Moreover, this change
is required by upcoming LE auto connection mechanism in order to work
properly with controllers that don't support background scanning and
connection establishment at the same time.
In future, we might want to do a small optimization by checking if
controller is able to scan and connect at the same time. For now,
we want the simplest approach so we always stop scanning (even if
the controller is able to carry out both operations).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the "hci_" prefix to le_conn_failed() helper and
declares it in hci_core.h so it can be reused in hci_event.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves stop LE scanning duplicate code to one single
place and reuses it. This will avoid more duplicate code in
upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that to-be-received keys are properly tracked we no-longer need the
"force" parameter to smp_distribute_keys(). It was essentially acting as
an indicator whether all keys have been received, but now it's just
redundant together with smp->remote_key_dist.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that smp->remote_key_dist is tracking the keys we're still waiting
for we can use it to simplify the logic for checking whether we're done
with key distribution or not. At the same time the reliance on the
"force" parameter of smp_distribute_keys goes away and it can completely
be removed in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make is easier to track which keys we've received and which ones
we're still waiting for simply clear the corresponding key bits from
smp->remote_key_dist as they get received. This will allow us to
simplify the code for checking for SMP completion in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Core Specification (4.1) leaves room for sending an SMP Identity
Address Information PDU with an all-zeros BD_ADDR value. This
essentially means that we would not have an Identity Address for the
device and the only means of identifying it would be the IRK value
itself.
Due to lack of any known implementations behaving like this it's best to
keep our implementation as simple as possible as far as handling such
situations is concerned. This patch updates the Identity Address
Information handler function to simply ignore the IRK received from such
a device.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the connectable setting is toggled using mgmt_set_connectable the
HCI_CONNECTABLE flag will only be set once the related HCI commands
succeed. When determining what kind of advertising to do we need to
therefore also check whether there is a pending Set Connectable command
in addition to the current flag value.
The enable_advertising function was already taking care of this for the
advertising type with the help of the get_adv_type function, but was
failing to do the same for the address type selection. This patch
converts the get_adv_type function to be more generic in that it returns
the expected connectable state and updates the enable_advertising
function to use the return value both for the advertising type as well
as the advertising address type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be friendly to user space and to behave well with controllers that
lack a proper internal power off procedure we should try to clean up as
much state as possible before requesting the HCI driver to power off.
This patch updates the power off procedure that's triggered by
mgmt_set_powered to clean any scan modes, stop LE scanning and
advertising and to disconnect any open connections.
The asynchronous cleanup procedure uses the HCI request framework,
however since HCI_Disconnect is only covered until its Command Status
event we need some extra tracking/waiting of disconnections. This is
done by monitoring when hci_conn_count() indicates that there are no
more connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once mgmt_set_powered(off) is updated to clear the scan mode we should
not just blindly clear the HCI_ADVERTISING flag in mgmt_advertising()
but first check if there is a pending set_powered operation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once mgmt_set_powered(off) is updated to clear the scan mode we should
not just blindly clear the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag in mgmt_connectable()
but first check if there is a pending set_powered operation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once mgmt_set_powered(off) is updated to clear the scan mode we should
not just blindly clear the HCI_DISCOVERABLE flag in mgmt_discoverable()
but first check if there is a pending set_powered operation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once mgmt_set_powered(off) starts doing disconnections we'll need to
care about any disconnections in mgmt.c and not just those with the
MGMT_CONNECTED flag set. Therefore, move the check into mgmt.c from
hci_event.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon need to make decisions on toggling the HCI_ADVERTISING flag
based on pending mgmt_set_powered commands. Therefore, move the handling
from hci_event.c into mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The RPA expiry timer is only initialized inside mgmt.c when we receive
the first command from user space. This action also involves setting the
HCI_MGMT flag for the first time so that flag acts as a good indicator
of whether the delayed work variable can be touched or not. This patch
fixes hci_dev_do_close to first check the flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add a comment noting that some devices depend on the destination address being
stored in uniq.
Signed-off-by: Frank Praznik <frank.praznik@oh.rr.com>
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
A user space that supports the Set Privacy command is also expected to
be able to handle New IRK events. Therefore, set the HCI_RPA_RESOLVING
flag whenever the Set Privacy command is received.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The identity information in debugfs currently do not include the
current in use local RPA. Since the RPA is now stored in the
controller information, include it in the debugfs as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The RPA needs to be stored to know which is the current one. Otherwise
it is impossible to ensure that always the correct RPA can be programmed
into the controller when it is needed.
Current code checks if the address in the controller is a RPA, but that
can potentially lead to using a RPA that can not be resolved with the
IRK that has been distributed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When enabling non-connectable advertising, there is no need to advertise
with a public address or static address. In case LE privacy has not been
enabled a unresolvable private address will be used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When running active scanning during LE discovery, do not reveal the own
identity to the peer devices. In case LE privacy has been enabled, then
a resolvable private address is used. If the LE privacy option is off,
then use an unresolvable private address.
The public address or static random address is never used in active
scanning anymore. This ensures that scan request are send using a
random address.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When using LE Privacy it is useful to know the local identity address,
identity address type and identity resolving key. For debugging purposes
add these information to debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that the identity address type is always looked up for all
successful connections, the hdev->own_addr_type variable has become
completely unnecessary. Simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch ensures that conn->src_type contains the same address type as
is used for initiating the connection while the connection attempt is in
progress. Once connected this value will be overwritten with the
identity address type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for handling the Set Privacy mgmt command,
including copying the value to hdev->irk and toggling the HCI_PRIVACY
flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a rpa_timeout debugfs entry which can be used to set the
RPA regeneration timeout to something else than the default 15 minutes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we always update the random address before enabling advertising,
scanning and initiating LE connections there is no need to write the
random address add power on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we start LE scanning we need to update the local random address if
necessary. This patch updates the code to use hci_update_random_address()
for setting the own_address_type scan parameter and updating the local
random address if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we enable advertising we need to update the local random address if
necessary. This patch takes advantage of the hci_update_random_address()
function to set the own_address_type variable and to update the local
random address if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we initiate LE connections we need to update the local random
address if necessary. This patch updates the LE connection creation
mechanism to use the new hci_update_random_address() function to set the
own_address_type parameter and to update the local random address if
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a convenience function for updating the local random
address which is needed before advertising, scanning and initiating LE
connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a timer for updating the local RPA periodically. The
default timeout is set to 15 minutes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need a function in smp.c to generate Resolvable Random Addresses in
order to support privacy. The local RPA will need to be generated before
advertising, scanning or connecting and regenerated at periodic
intervals. This patch adds the necessary function for RPA generation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP Identity Address Information PDU should contain our Identity
Address. This patch updates the code to copy the correct values from the
hci_conn object.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be consistent with the remote address info in hci_conn we want it to
also contain the local identity address information. This patch updates
the code to copy the right values in place whenever an LE connection has
been established.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes sure that the Privacy flag is available in the mgmt
supported settings for all LE capable controllers and in the current
settings whenever the HCI_PRIVACY flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These functions will soon be needed by the RPA regeneration timeout so
move them higher up in mgmt.c to avoid a forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This code adds a HCI_PRIVACY flag to track whether Privacy support is
enabled (meaning we have a local IRK) and makes sure the IRK is
distributed during SMP key distribution in case this flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch a couple of helper variables to the smp_distribute_keys
function in order to avoid long chains of dereferences and thereby help
readability.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The event opcode for New Identity Resolving Key event is missing from
supported event list. Just add it there.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We should be iterating hdev->identity_resolving_keys in the
hci_remove_irk() function instead of hdev->long_term_keys. This patch
fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
With the addition of Resolvable Private Address (RPA) resolution
support for Bluetooth Low Energy connections, it makes sense to
increase the minor version of the Bluetooth core module.
The module version is not used anywhere, but it gives a nice extra
hint for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For testing purposes it is useful to provide an option to change the
advertising channel map. So add a debugfs option to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When binding RFCOMM socket with non-zero channel we're checking if
there is already any other socket which has the same channel number
assigned and then fail. This check does not consider situation where
we have another socket connected to remote device on given channel
number in which case we still should be able to bind local socket.
This patch changes __rfcomm_get_sock_by_addr() to return only sockets
in either BT_BOUND or BT_LISTEN states, also name is updated to better
describe what this function does now.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For Bluetooth controllers with LE support, track the value of the
currently configured random address. It is important to know what
the current random address is to avoid unneeded attempts to set
a new address. This will become important when introducing the
LE privacy support in the future.
In addition expose the current configured random address via
debugfs for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The own_address_type debugfs option does not providing enough
flexibity for interacting with the upcoming LE privacy support.
What really is needed is an option to force using the static address
compared to the public address. The new force_static_address debugfs
option does exactly that. In addition it is also only available when
the controller does actually have a public address. For single mode
LE only controllers this option will not be available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The code itself is not descriptive on what store hint is used for
long term keys and why. So add some extensive comment here. Similar
to what has already been done for identity resolving key store hint.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The identity resolving keys should only be stored for devices using
resolvable random addresses. If the device is already using an
identity address, inform it about the new identity resolving key,
but tell userspace that this key is not persistent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the necessary helper function to send the New IRK mgmt
event and makes sure that the function is called at when SMP key
distribution has completed. The event is sent before the New LTK event
so user space knows which remote device to associate with the keys.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the SMP Long Term Key notification over mgmt from the
hci_add_ltk function to smp.c when both sides have completed their key
distribution. This way we are also able to update the identity address
into the mgmt_new_ltk event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation to do mgmt notification in a single place at the end of
the key distribution, store the keys that need to be notified within the
SMP context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's simpler (one less if-statement) to just evaluate the appropriate
value for store_hint in the mgmt_new_ltk function than to pass a boolean
parameter to the function. Furthermore, this simplifies moving the mgmt
event emission out from hci_add_ltk in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP code will need to postpone the mgmt event emission for the IRK
and LTKs. To avoid extra lookups at the end of the key distribution
simply return the added value from the add_ltk and add_irk functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The various pieces of data cached in the hci_dev structure do not need
to be allocated using GFP_ATOMIC since they are never added from
interrupt context. This patch updates these allocations to use
GFP_KERNEL instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During LE connection establishment the value 0x0000 is used for min/max
connection event length. So use the same value when the peripheral is
requesting an update of the the connection paramters.
For some reason the value 0x0001 got used in the connection update and
0x0000 in the connection creation. Using the same value for both just
makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For debugging purposes expose the current list of identity resolving
keys via debugfs. This file is read-only and limited to root access.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the connection attempt fails, the address information are not
provided in the HCI_LE_Connection_Complete event. So use the original
information from the connection to reconstruct the identity address.
This is important when a connection attempt has been made using the
identity address, but the cached resolvable random address has changed
in the meantime. The failure event needs to use the identity address
and not the resolvable random address.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When reporting connect failed events to userspace, use the address
of the connection and not the address from the HCI event.
This change is strictly speaking not needed since BR/EDR does not
have the concept of resolvable random addresses. It is more for
making the code consistent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the remote device has been successfully connected, report the
identity address (public address or static random address).
Currently the address from the HCI_LE_Connection_Complete event is
used. This was no problem so far, but since now known resolvable
random addresses are converted into identities, it is important to
use the identity of the connection and not the address report by
HCI event.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull HID update from Jiri Kosina:
- fixes for several bugs in incorrect allocations of buffers by David
Herrmann and Benjamin Tissoires.
- support for a few new device IDs by Archana Patni, Benjamin
Tissoires, Huei-Horng Yo, Reyad Attiyat and Yufeng Shen
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid:
HID: hyperv: make sure input buffer is big enough
HID: Bluetooth: hidp: make sure input buffers are big enough
HID: hid-sensor-hub: quirk for STM Sensor hub
HID: apple: add Apple wireless keyboard 2011 JIS model support
HID: fix buffer allocations
HID: multitouch: add FocalTech FTxxxx support
HID: microsoft: Add ID's for Surface Type/Touch Cover 2
HID: usbhid: quirk for CY-TM75 75 inch Touch Overlay
Silently dropping L2CAP data (i.e. due to remote device not obeying
negotiated MTU) is confusing and makes debugging harder.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Whenever a device uses an RPA we want to have user space identify it by
its Identity Address if we've got an IRK available for it. This patch
updates the Device Found mgmt event to contain the Identity Address if
an IRK is available for the device in question.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to check whether there's a matching IRK and RPA when we're
requested to connect to a remote LE device based on its Identity
Address. This patch updates the hci_connect_le function to do an extra
call to hci_find_irk_by_addr and uses the RPA if it's cached. This is
particularly important once we start exposing the Identity Address to
user space instead of the RPA in events such as Device Connected and
Device Found.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Identity Addresses are either public or static random. When looking up
addresses based on the Identity Address it doesn't make sense to go
through the IRK list if we're given a private random address. This patch
fixes (or rather improves) the hci_find_irk_by_addr function to bail out
early if given a private random address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we initiate pairing through mgmt_pair_device the code has so far
been waiting for a successful HCI Encrypt Change event in order to
respond to the mgmt command. However, putting privacy into the play we
actually want the key distribution to be complete before replying so
that we can include the Identity Address in the mgmt response.
This patch updates the various hci_conn callbacks for LE in mgmt.c to
only respond in the case of failure, and adds a new mgmt_smp_complete
function that the SMP code will call once key distribution has been
completed.
Since the smp_chan_destroy function that's used to indicate completion
and clean up the SMP context can be called from various places,
including outside of smp.c, the easiest way to track failure vs success
is a new flag that we set once key distribution has been successfully
completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we receive a remote identity address during SMP key distribution we
should ensure that any associated L2CAP channel instances get their
address information correspondingly updated (so that e.g. doing
getpeername on associated sockets returns the correct address).
This patch adds a new L2CAP core function l2cap_conn_update_id_addr()
which is used to iterate through all L2CAP channels associated with a
connection and update their address information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we want user space to see and use the LE Identity Address whenever
interfacing with the kernel it makes sense to track that instead of the
real address (the two will only be different in the case of an RPA).
This patch adds the necessary updates to when an LE connection gets
established and when receiving the Identity Address from a remote
device.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that each HCI device has its own AES crypto context we don't need
the one stored in the SMP data any more. This patch removes the variable
from struct smp_chan and updates the SMP code to use the per-hdev crypto
context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When mgmt_unpair_device is called we should also remove any associated
IRKs. This patch adds a hci_remove_irk convenience function and ensures
that it's called when mgmt_unpair_device is called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're the acceptors (peripheral/slave) of an SMP procedure and
we've completed distributing our keys we should only stick around
waiting for keys from the remote side if any of the initiator
distribution bits were actually set. This patch fixes the
smp_distribute_keys function to clear the SMP context when this
situation occurs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is code (in mgmt.c) that depends on the hci_remove_ltk function to
fail if no match is found. This patch adds tracking of removed LTKs
(there can be up to two: one for master and another for slave) in the
hci_remove_ltk function and returns -ENOENT of no matches were found.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are many functions that never fail but still declare an integer
return value for no reason. This patch converts these functions to use a
void return value to avoid any confusion of whether they can fail or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When removing Long Term Keys we should also be checking that the given
address type (public vs random) matches. This patch updates the
hci_remove_ltk function to take an extra parameter and uses it for
address type matching.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we didn't request certain pieces of information during the key
distribution negotiation we should properly ignore those PDUs if the
peer incorrectly sends them. This includes the Encryption Information
and Master Identification PDUs if the EncKey bit was not set, and the
Identity Information and Identity Address Information PDUs if the IdKey
bit was not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch does the necessary changes to request the remote device to
distribute its IRK to us during the SMP pairing procedure. This includes
setting the right key distribution values in the pairing
request/response and handling of the two related SMP PDUs, i.e. Identity
Information and Identity Address Information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the Load IRKs command for the management
interface. The command is used to load the kernel with the initial set
of IRKs. It also sets a HCI_RPA_RESOLVING flag to indicate that we can
start requesting devices to distribute their IRK to us.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the initial IRK storage and management functions to the
HCI core. This includes storing a list of IRKs per HCI device and the
ability to add, remove and lookup entries in that list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Previously the crypto context has only been available for LE SMP
sessions, but now that we'll need to perform operations also during
discovery it makes sense to have this context part of the hci_dev
struct. Later, the context can be removed from the SMP context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a helper function to check whether a given IRK matches a
given Resolvable Private Address (RPA). The function will be needed for
implementing the rest of address resolving support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes a couple of unnecessary empty lines in the SMP code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For each received SMP PDU we need to check that we have enough data to
fit the specified size of the PDU. This patch adds the necessary checks
for each SMP PDU handler and ensures that buffer overflows do not occur
if to little data has been received.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
HID core expects the input buffers to be at least of size 4096
(HID_MAX_BUFFER_SIZE). Other sizes will result in buffer-overflows if an
input-report is smaller than advertised. We could, like i2c, compute the
biggest report-size instead of using HID_MAX_BUFFER_SIZE, but this will
blow up if report-descriptors are changed after ->start() has been called.
So lets be safe and just use the biggest buffer we have.
Note that this adds an additional copy to the HIDP input path. If there is
a way to make sure the skb-buf is big enough, we should use that instead.
The best way would be to make hid-core honor the @size argument, though,
that sounds easier than it is. So lets just fix the buffer-overflows for
now and afterwards look for a faster way for all transport drivers.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Trying to setup HCI User Channel usage for LE only controllers without
a public address or configured static address will fail with an error
saying that no address is available.
In case of HCI User Channel the requirement for a valid address is not
needed. So allow skipping this extra validation step.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the setup of user channel fails, the index added event is not sent
and will cause issues with user interaction. This problem can be easily
triggered with a LE only controller without a public address. In that
case hci_dev_open() fails and that error case is not sending an event
saying that the controller is available for normal use again.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The long term keys should only be stored when they belong to an
indentity address. The identity address can either be a public
address or a random static address.
For all other addresses (unresovable or resolvable) tell userspace
that the long term key is not persistent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The long term keys should be associated with an identity address. Valid
identity addresses are public addresses or static addresses. So only
allow these two as valid address information for long term keys.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
dev->hid_get_raw_report(X) and hid_hw_raw_request(X, HID_REQ_GET_REPORT)
are strictly equivalent. Switch the hid subsystem to the hid_hw notation
and remove the field .hid_get_raw_report in struct hid_device.
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
hidp uses its own ->hidinput_input_event() instead of the generic binding
in hid-input.
Moving the handling of LEDs towards hidp_hidinput_event() allows two things:
- remove hidinput_input_event definitively from struct hid_device
- hidraw user space programs can also set the LEDs
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The skb truesize of a 12-byte payload with a 10-byte head/tail
reserve is 768 bytes. Consequently, even with 40 tx_credits, at
most 6 packets could be queued at any one time:
40 tx_credits * 127-byte mtu < 768-byte truesize * 7
This error could also cause the tx queue to apparently stall if
credit flow control is disabled (where tx_credits is fixed at 5),
or if the receiver only granted a limited number of tx credits
(eg., less than 7).
Instead, track the outstanding number of queued packets not yet sent
in wmem_alloc and allow for a maximum of 40 queued packets. Report
the space avail for a single write() as the mtu * number of packets
left before reaching the maximum.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Compute the amount of space available for a single write()
within rfcomm_room(); clamp to 0 for negative values. Note
this patch does not change the result of the computation.
Report the amount of room returned in the debug printk.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The tty driver api design prefers no-fail writes if the driver
write_room() method has previously indicated space is available
to accept writes. Since this is trivially possible for the
RFCOMM tty driver, do so.
Introduce rfcomm_dlc_send_noerror(), which queues but does not
schedule the krfcomm thread if the dlc is not yet connected
(and thus does not error based on the connection state).
The mtu size test is also unnecessary since the caller already
chunks the written data into mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If rfcomm_dlc_open() fails, set tty into error state which returns
-EIO from reads and writes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If RFCOMM tty device registration fails, cleanup by releasing
the tty_port reference to trigger rfcomm_dev destruction
(rather than open-coding it).
The dlc reference release is moved into rfcomm_dev_add(),
which ensures cleanup in both error paths -- ie., if
__rfcomm_dev_add() fails or if tty_port_register_device() fails.
Fixes releasing the module reference if device registration fails.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Move rfcomm_dev allocation and initialization into new function,
__rfcomm_dev_add(), to simplify resource release in error handling.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
At least two different race conditions exist with multiple concurrent
RFCOMMCREATEDEV and RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctls:
* Multiple concurrent RFCOMMCREATEDEVs with RFCOMM_REUSE_DLC can
mistakenly share the same DLC.
* RFCOMMRELEASEDEV can destruct the rfcomm_dev still being
constructed by RFCOMMCREATEDEV.
Introduce rfcomm_ioctl_mutex to serialize these add/remove operations.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Functions which search lists for matching id's are more
commonly named *_lookup, which is the convention in the
bluetooth core as well.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The RFCOMM tty device is parented to the acl link device when
the dlc state_change(BT_CONNECTED) notification is received.
However, if the dlc from the RFCOMM socket is being reused
(RFCOMM_REUSE_DLC is set), then the dlc may already be connected,
and no notification will occur.
Instead, always parent the RFCOMM tty device to the acl link
device at registration time. If the acl link device is not available
(eg, because the dlc is not connected) then the tty will remain
unparented until the BT_CONNECTED notification is received.
Fixes regression with ModemManager when the rfcomm device is
created with the flag RFCOMM_REUSE_DLC.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Accessing the results of hci_conn_hash_lookup_ba() is unsafe without
holding the hci_dev_lock() during the lookup. For example:
CPU 0 | CPU 1
hci_conn_hash_lookup_ba | hci_conn_del
rcu_read_lock | hci_conn_hash_del
list_for_each_entry_rcu | list_del_rcu
if (.....) | synchronize_rcu
rcu_read_unlock |
| hci_conn_del_sysfs
| hci_dev_put
| hci_conn_put
| put_device (last reference)
| bt_link_release
| kfree(conn)
return p << just freed |
Even if a hci_conn reference were taken (via hci_conn_get), would
not guarantee the lifetime of the sysfs device, but only safe
access to the in-memory structure.
Ensure the hci_conn device stays valid while the rfcomm device
is reparented; rename rfcomm_get_device() to rfcomm_reparent_device()
and perform the reparenting within the function while holding the
hci_dev_lock.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the RFCOMM session has not yet been started (ie., session is
still in BT_BOUND state) when a dlc is closed, directly close and
unlink the dlc rather than sending a DISC frame that is never
sent.
This allows the dlci to be immediately reused rather than waiting
for a 20 second timeout.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Prepare for directly closing dlc if the RFCOMM session has not
yet been started; refactor the dlc disconnect logic into a separate
local function, __rfcomm_dlc_disconn(). Retains functional
equivalence.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Prepare for directly closing dlc if the RFCOMM session has not
yet been started; refactor the deferred setup test for only those
dlc states to which the test applies. Retains functional
equivalence.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Merge conditional test for BT_LISTEN session state into following
switch statement (which is functionally equivalent).
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Only one session/channel combination may be in use at any one
time. However, the failure does not occur until the tty is
opened (in rfcomm_dlc_open()).
Because these settings are actually bound at rfcomm device
creation (via RFCOMMCREATEDEV ioctl), validate and fail before
creating the rfcomm tty device.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
RFCOMM tty device teardown can race with new tty device registration
for the same device id:
CPU 0 | CPU 1
rfcomm_dev_add | rfcomm_dev_destruct
| spin_lock
| list_del <== dev_id no longer used
| spin_unlock
spin_lock | .
[search rfcomm_dev_list] | .
[dev_id not in use] | .
[initialize new rfcomm_dev] | .
spin_unlock | .
| .
tty_port_register_device | tty_unregister_device
Don't remove rfcomm_dev from the device list until after tty device
unregistration has completed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When RFCOMM_RELEASE_ONHUP is set, the rfcomm tty driver 'takes over'
the initial rfcomm_dev reference created by the RFCOMMCREATEDEV ioctl.
The assumption is that the rfcomm tty driver will release the
rfcomm_dev reference when the tty is freed (in rfcomm_tty_cleanup()).
However, if the tty is never opened, the 'take over' never occurs,
so when RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctl is called, the reference is not
released.
Track the state of the reference 'take over' so that the release
is guaranteed by either the RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctl or the rfcomm tty
driver.
Note that the synchronous hangup in rfcomm_release_dev() ensures
that rfcomm_tty_install() cannot race with the RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No logic prevents an rfcomm_dev from being released multiple
times. For example, if the rfcomm_dev ref count is large due
to pending tx, then multiple RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctls may
mistakenly release the rfcomm_dev too many times. Note that
concurrent ioctls are not required to create this condition.
Introduce RFCOMM_DEV_RELEASED status bit which guarantees the
rfcomm_dev can only be released once.
NB: Since the flags are exported to userspace, introduce the status
field to track state for which userspace should not be aware.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When enumerating RFCOMM devices in the rfcomm_dev_list, holding
the rfcomm_dev_lock only guarantees the existence of the enumerated
rfcomm_dev in memory, and not safe access to its state. Testing
the device state (such as RFCOMM_TTY_RELEASED) does not guarantee
the device will remain in that state for the subsequent access
to the rfcomm_dev's fields, nor guarantee that teardown has not
commenced.
Obtain an rfcomm_dev reference for the duration of rfcomm_dev
access.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
rfcomm_dev_get() can return a rfcomm_dev reference for a
device for which destruction may be commencing. This can happen
on tty destruction, which calls rfcomm_tty_cleanup(), the last
port reference may have been released but RFCOMM_TTY_RELEASED
was not set. The following race is also possible:
CPU 0 | CPU 1
| rfcomm_release_dev
rfcomm_dev_get | .
spin_lock | .
dev = __rfcomm_dev_get | .
if dev | .
if test_bit(TTY_RELEASED) | .
| !test_and_set_bit(TTY_RELEASED)
| tty_port_put <<<< last reference
else |
tty_port_get |
The reference acquire is bogus because destruction will commence
with the release of the last reference.
Ignore the external state change of TTY_RELEASED and instead rely
on the reference acquire itself to determine if the reference is
valid.
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This reverts commit e228b63390.
This is the third of a 3-patch revert, together with
Revert "Bluetooth: Remove rfcomm_carrier_raised()" and
Revert "Bluetooth: Always wait for a connection on RFCOMM open()".
Commit 4a2fb3ecc7,
"Bluetooth: Always wait for a connection on RFCOMM open()" open-codes
blocking on tty open(), rather than using the default behavior
implemented by the tty port.
The reasons for reverting that patch are detailed in that changelog;
this patch restores required functionality for that revert.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This reverts commit 4a2fb3ecc7.
This is the second of a 3-patch revert, together with
Revert "Bluetooth: Remove rfcomm_carrier_raised()" and
Revert "Bluetooth: Move rfcomm_get_device() before rfcomm_dev_activate()".
Before commit cad348a17e,
Bluetooth: Implement .activate, .shutdown and .carrier_raised methods,
tty_port_block_til_ready() was open-coded in rfcomm_tty_install() as
part of the RFCOMM tty open().
Unfortunately, it did not implement non-blocking open nor CLOCAL open,
but rather always blocked for carrier. This is not the expected or
typical behavior for ttys, and prevents several common terminal
programming idioms from working (eg., opening in non-blocking
mode to initialize desired termios settings then re-opening for
connection).
Commit cad348a17e,
Bluetooth: Implement .activate, .shutdown and .carrier_raised methods,
added the necessary tty_port methods to use the default tty_port_open().
However, this triggered two important user-space regressions.
The first regression involves the complicated mechanism for reparenting
the rfcomm tty device to the ACL link device which represents an
open link to a specific bluetooth host. This regression causes ModemManager
to conclude the rfcomm tty device does not front a modem so it makes
no attempt to initialize an attached modem. This regression is
caused by the lack of a device_move() if the dlc is already open (and
not specifically related to the open-coded block_til_ready()).
A more appropriate solution is submitted in
"Bluetooth: Fix unsafe RFCOMM device parenting" and
"Bluetooth: Fix RFCOMM parent device for reused dlc"
The second regression involves "rfcomm bind" and wvdial (a ppp dialer).
rfcomm bind creates a device node for a /dev/rfcomm<n>. wvdial opens
that device in non-blocking mode (because it expects the connection
to have already been established). In addition, subsequent writes
to the rfcomm tty device fail (because the link is not yet connected;
rfcomm connection begins with the actual tty open()).
However, restoring the original behavior (in the patch which
this reverts) was undesirable.
Firstly, the original reporter notes that a trivial userspace
"workaround" already exists: rfcomm connect, which creates the
device node and establishes the expected connection.
Secondly, the failed writes occur because the rfcomm tty driver
does not buffer writes to an unconnected device; this contrasts with
the dozen of other tty drivers (in fact, all of them) that do just
that. The submitted patch "Bluetooth: Don't fail RFCOMM tty writes"
corrects this.
Thirdly, it was a long-standing bug to block on non-blocking open,
which is re-fixed by revert.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This reverts commit f86772af6a.
This is the first of a 3-patch revert, together with
Revert "Bluetooth: Always wait for a connection on RFCOMM open()" and
Revert "Bluetooth: Move rfcomm_get_device() before rfcomm_dev_activate()".
Commit 4a2fb3ecc7,
"Bluetooth: Always wait for a connection on RFCOMM open()" open-codes
blocking on tty open(), rather than using the default behavior
implemented by the tty port.
The reasons for reverting that patch are detailed in that changelog;
this patch restores required functionality for that revert.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the LE L2CAP Connection Oriented Channel support has undergone a
decent amount of testing we can make it officially supported. This patch
removes the enable_lecoc module parameter which was previously needed to
enable support for LE L2CAP CoC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes hci_connect_le() so it uses the connection
parameters specified for the certain device. If no parameters
were configured, we use the default values.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds to hdev the connection parameters list (hdev->le_
conn_params). The elements from this list (struct hci_conn_params)
contains the connection parameters (for now, minimum and maximum
connection interval) that should be used during the connection
establishment.
Moreover, this patch adds helper functions to manipulate hdev->le_
conn_params list. Some of these functions are also declared in
hci_core.h since they will be used outside hci_core.c in upcoming
patches.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the ACL link is using P-256 authenticated combination key, mark
the link mode as HCI_LM_FIPS.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This check is only used for RFCOMM connections and most likely no
RFCOMM based profile will require security level 4 secure connection
security policy. In case it ever does make sure that seucrity level 4
is treated as sufficient security level.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With support for Secure Connections it is possible to switch the
controller into a mode that is called Secure Connections Only. In
this mode only security level 4 connections are allowed (with the
exception of security level 0 approved services).
This patch just introduces the management command and setting of the
right internal flags to enable this mode. It does not yet enforce it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The field is not a boolean, it is actually a field for a key type. So
name it properly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The LTK authenticated parameter is the key type of the LTK and similar
to link keys there is no need to check the currently supported values.
For possible future improvements, the kernel will only use key types
it knows about and just ignore all the other ones.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When encryption for LE links has been enabled, it will always be use
AES-CCM encryption. In case of BR/EDR Secure Connections, the link
will also use AES-CCM encryption. In both cases track the AES-CCM
status in the connection flags.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The function already has an unlock label which means the one extra level
on indentation is not useful and just makes the code more complex. So
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since the use of debug keys can now be identified from the current
settings information, this debugfs entry is no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Originally allowing the use of debug keys was done via the Load Link
Keys management command. However this is BR/EDR specific and to be
flexible and allow extending this to LE as well, make this an independent
command.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller has been enabled to allow usage of debug keys, then
clearly identify that in the current settings information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves connection attempt failure code to its own function
so it can be reused in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch creates two new fields in struct hci_conn to save the
minimum and maximum connection interval values used to establish
the connection this object represents.
This change is required in order to know what parameters the
connection is currently using.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If LTK distribution happens in both directions we will have two LTKs for
the same remote device: one which is used when we're connecting as
master and another when we're connecting as slave. When looking up LTKs
from the locally stored list we shouldn't blindly return the first match
but also consider which type of key is in question. If we do not do this
we may end up selecting an incorrect encryption key for a connection.
This patch fixes the issue by always specifying to the LTK lookup
functions whether we're looking for a master or a slave key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All callers of hci_add_ltk pass a valid value to it. There are no places
where e.g. user space, the controller or the remote peer would be able
to cause invalid values to be passed. Therefore, just remove the
potentially confusing check from the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of magic bitwise operations simply compare with the two possible
type values that we are interested in.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The code was previously iterating the wrong list (and what's worse
casting entries to a type which they were not) and also missing a proper
line terminator when printing each entry. The code now also prints the
LTK type in hex for easier comparison with the kernel-defined values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Starting with the 4.1 Core Specification these flags are no longer used
and should always be cleared. From volume 3, part C, section 13.1.1:
"The 'Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR to Same Device Capable (Controller)'
and ‘Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR to Same Device Capable (Host)’ bits in
the Flags AD type shall be set to ‘0’."
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
So far we've only been requesting the LTK to be distributed to the
master (initiator) of pairing, which is usually enough since it's the
master that will establish future connections and initiate encryption.
However, in the case that both devices support switching to the opposing
role (which seems to be increasingly common) pairing will have to
performed again since the "new" master will not have all information.
As there is no real harm in it, this patch updates the code to always
try distributing the LTK also to the slave device, thereby enabling role
switches for future connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Gomes <vcgomes@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
various fixes, improvements and other changes that have been made.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that ATT sockets have been converted to use the new L2CAP_CHAN_FIXED
type there is no need to have an extra check for chan->psm in the
l2cap_chan_close function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_chan->psm value is always set to a valid value for a
connection oriented channel. The l2cap_chan->sport is used for tracking
local PSM allocations but will not always have a proper value, such as
with connected sockets derived from a listening socket. This patch fixes
the sock_getname callback to always use chan->psm when returning address
information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're not connected the peer address information is undefined. This
patch fixes the remote address getting to return a proper error in case
the sate is anything else than BT_CONNECTED.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're not connected the peer address information is undefined. This
patch fixes the remote address getting to return a proper error in case
the state is anything else than BT_CONNECTED.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The sport variable is used to track the allocation of the local PSM
database to ensure no two sockets take the same local PSM. It is
acquired upon bind() but needs to be freed up if the socket ends up
becoming a client one. This patch adds the clearing of the value when
l2cap_chan_connect is called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP specification requires us to disconnect an L2CAP channel if
the remote side gives us credits beyond 65535. This patch makes sure we
disconnect the channel in such a situation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP specification requires us to disconnect a channel if the
remote device sends us data when it doesn't have any credits to do so.
This patch makes sure that we send the appropriate L2CAP Disconnect
request in this situation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's a le_default_mps variable that can be modified through debugfs
but it was never actually used for determining our MPS value. This patch
fixes the MPS initialization to use the variable instead of a fixed
value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Fixed channels have the same source and destination CID. Ensure that the
values get properly initialized when receiving incoming connections and
deriving values from the parent socket.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The BT_SECURITY option should also be allowed for fixed channels, so
punch the appropriate hole for it when checking for the channel type.
The main user of fixed CID user space sockets is right now ATT (which is
broken without this patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ATT channels are not connection oriented so having them use
L2CAP_CHAN_CONN_ORIENTED is quite confusing. Instead, use the new
L2CAP_CHAN_FIXED type and ensure that the MTU and CID values get
properly set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason why A2MP should need or deserve its on channel type.
Instead we should be able to group all fixed CID users under a single
channel type and reuse as much code as possible for them. Where CID
specific exceptions are needed the chan-scid value can be used.
This patch renames the current A2MP channel type to a generic one and
thereby paves the way to allow converting ATT and SMP (and any future
fixed channel protocols) to use the new channel type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The only user of l2cap_seq_list_remove() was l2cap_seq_list_pop() which
only removes the head, meaning only the "else if (seq_list->head ==
seq)" branch was ever being used. This patch moves the code from this
branch straight into l2cap_seq_list_pop() and removes the (now useless)
l2cap_seq_list_remove().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a queue for incoming L2CAP data that's received before
l2cap_connect_cfm is called and processes the data once
l2cap_connect_cfm is called. This way we ensure that we have e.g. all
remote features before processing L2CAP signaling data (which is very
important for making the correct security decisions).
The processing of the pending rx data needs to be done through
queue_work since unlike l2cap_recv_acldata, l2cap_connect_cfm is called
with the hci_dev lock held which could cause potential deadlocks.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the l2cap_conn_add, is_valid_psm and l2cap_chan_connect
functions further down in l2cap_core.c. The patch doesn't contain
anything else except the relocation of these functions. By moving the
functions further down the patch enables a subsequent patch that adds a
pending RX queue to be implemented without a forward declaration of a
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For debugging purposes of Secure Connection Only support a simple
debugfs entry is used to indicate if this mode is active or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of security level 4, the RFCOMM sockets need to
be made aware of this new level. This change ensures that the pairing
requirements are set correctly for these connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of security level 4, the L2CAP sockets need to
be made aware of this new level. This change ensures that the pairing
requirements are set correctly for these connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The security level 4 is a new strong security requirement that is based
around 128-bit equivalent strength for link and encryption keys required
using FIPS approved algorithms. Which means that E0, SAFER+ and P-192
are not allowed. Only connections created with P-256 resulting from
using Secure Connections support are allowed.
This security level needs to be enforced when Secure Connection Only
mode is enabled for a controller or a service requires FIPS compliant
strong security. Currently it is not possible to enable either of
these two cases. This patch just puts in the foundation for being
able to handle security level 4 in the future.
It should be noted that devices or services with security level 4
requirement can only communicate using Bluetooth 4.1 controllers
with support for Secure Connections. There is no backward compatibilty
if used with older hardware.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It is important to know if Secure Connections support has been enabled
for a given remote device. The information is provided in the remote
host features page. So track this information and provide a simple
helper function to extract the status.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The NOT_PAIRED status is only really suitable for operations where being
paired is a pre-requisite. Using it e.g. for the mgmt_pair_device
command seems unintuitive. In the case that either the local or the
remote user responds with a negative PIN Code response the "PIN or Key
Missing" HCI status will be generated. This patch changes the mapping of
this status from the NOT_PAIRED mgmt status to the more intuitive
AUTH_FAILED mgmt status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS macro to reduce the number of lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The current management interface only allows to provide the remote
OOB input of P-192 data. This extends the command to also accept
P-256 data as well. To make this backwards compatible, the userspace
can decide to only provide P-192 data or the combined P-192 and P-256
data. It is also allowed to leave the P-192 data empty if userspace
only has the remote P-256 data.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add function to allow adding P-192 and P-256 data to the internal
storage. This also fixes a few coding style issues from the previous
helper functions for the out-of-band credentials storage.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When Secure Connections has been enabled it is possible to provide P-192
and/or P-256 data during the pairing process. The internal out-of-band
credentials storage has been extended to also hold P-256 data.
Initially the P-256 data will be empty and with Secure Connections enabled
no P-256 data will be provided. This is according to the specification
since it might be possible that the remote side did not provide either
of the out-of-band credentials.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Bluetooth 4.1 specification with Secure Connections support has
just been released and controllers with this feature are still in
an early stage.
A handful of controllers have already support for it, but they do
not always identify this feature correctly. This debugfs entry
allows to tell the kernel that the controller can be treated as
it would fully support Secure Connections.
Using debugfs to force Secure Connections support of course does
not make this feature magically appear in all controllers. This
is a debug functionality for early adopters. Once the majority
of controllers matures this quirk will be removed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For Secure Connections support and the usage of out-of-band pairing,
it is needed to read the P-256 hash and randomizer or P-192 hash and
randomizer. This change will read P-192 data when Secure Connections
is disabled and P-192 and P-256 data when it is enabled.
The difference is between using HCI Read Local OOB Data and using the
new HCI Read Local OOB Extended Data command. The first one has been
introduced with Bluetooth 2.1 and returns only the P-192 data.
< HCI Command: Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 36
Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Hash C from P-192: 975a59baa1c4eee391477cb410b23e6d
Randomizer R with P-192: 9ee63b7dec411d3b467c5ae446df7f7d
The second command has been introduced with Bluetooth 4.1 and will
return P-192 and P-256 data.
< HCI Command: Read Local OOB Extended Data (0x03|0x007d) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 68
Read Local OOB Extended Data (0x03|0x007d) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Hash C from P-192: 6489731804b156fa6355efb8124a1389
Randomizer R with P-192: 4781d5352fb215b2958222b3937b6026
Hash C from P-256: 69ef8a928b9d07fc149e630e74ecb991
Randomizer R with P-256: 4781d5352fb215b2958222b3937b6026
The change for the management interface is transparent and no change
is required for existing userspace. The Secure Connections feature
needs to be manually enabled. When it is disabled, then userspace
only gets the P-192 returned and with Secure Connections enabled,
userspace gets P-192 and P-256 in an extended structure.
It is also acceptable to just ignore the P-256 data since it is not
required to support them. The pairing with out-of-band credentials
will still succeed. However then of course no Secure Connection will
b established.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The link keys that are loaded by userspace during controller setup
should be limited to actual valid and supported types. With the
support for Secure Connections, it is limited to types 0x00 - 0x08
at the moment. Reject any other link key types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If support for Secure Connection has been configured, then make sure
to send the appropiate HCI command to enable it when powering on the
controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The support for Secure Connections need to be explicitly enabled by
userspace. This is required since only userspace that can handle the
new link key types should enable support for Secure Connections.
This command handling is similar to how Secure Simple Pairing enabling
is done. It also tracks the case when Secure Connections support is
enabled via raw HCI commands. This makes sure that the host features
page is updated as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The MGMT_SETTING_SECURE_CONN setting is used to track the support and
status for Secure Connections from the management interface. For HCI
based tracking HCI_SC_ENABLED flag is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With Secure Connections capable controllers, the authenticated payload
timeout can trigger. Enable the event so the controller informs the
host when this happens.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Before being able to enable Secure Connections support, the core needs
to know on how to handle P-256 derived link keys. The difference between
authenticated and unauthenticated P-256 derived link keys is the same as
its P-192 counter parts.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of Secure Connections, the list of link key types
got extended by P-256 versions of authenticated and unauthenticated
link keys.
To avoid any confusion the previous authenticated and unauthenticated
link key types got ammended with a P912 postfix. And the two new keys
have a P256 postfix now. Existing code using the previous definitions
has been adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The check for HIGH security level dates back to pre-mgmt times when a
raw L2CAP socket with HIGH security level was used to trigger dedicated
bonding. For legacy pairing checking for the security level was the only
way to catch the need to authenticate in all scenarios. With mgmt
however, the pair_device command does not use HIGH security but MEDIUM
security. Therefore, the existing code would never trigger
authentication for a non-SSP connection without an MITM requirement
(e.g. if user space provided a NoInputNoOutput IO capability). In such a
scenario the mgmt_pair_device command would return success without
actually triggering any kind of pairing.
This patch updates the authentication requirement check to also consider
MEDIUM security level, and thereby ensures that mgmt_pair_device will
always trigger authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add raw_request, set_raw_report and output_report transport-driver functions to
the HIDP driver.
Signed-off-by: Frank Praznik <frank.praznik@oh.rr.com>
Acked-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This is a follow-up patch to f3d3342602 ("net: rework recvmsg
handler msg_name and msg_namelen logic").
DECLARE_SOCKADDR validates that the structure we use for writing the
name information to is not larger than the buffer which is reserved
for msg->msg_name (which is 128 bytes). Also use DECLARE_SOCKADDR
consistently in sendmsg code paths.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Hurrle <steffen@hurrle.net>
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's now built as a separate utility module, and enabling BT selects
that module in Kconfig. This fixes:
net/ieee802154/built-in.o:(___ksymtab_gpl+lowpan_process_data+0x0): multiple definition of `__ksymtab_lowpan_process_data'
net/bluetooth/built-in.o:(___ksymtab_gpl+lowpan_process_data+0x0): first defined here
net/ieee802154/built-in.o:(___ksymtab_gpl+lowpan_header_compress+0x0): multiple definition of `__ksymtab_lowpan_header_compress'
net/bluetooth/built-in.o:(___ksymtab_gpl+lowpan_header_compress+0x0): first defined here
net/ieee802154/built-in.o: In function `lowpan_header_compress':
net/ieee802154/6lowpan_iphc.c:606: multiple definition of `lowpan_header_compress'
net/bluetooth/built-in.o:/home/swarren/shared/git_wa/kernel/kernel.git/net/bluetooth/../ieee802154/6lowpan_iphc.c:606: first defined here
net/ieee802154/built-in.o: In function `lowpan_process_data':
net/ieee802154/6lowpan_iphc.c:344: multiple definition of `lowpan_process_data'
net/bluetooth/built-in.o:/home/swarren/shared/git_wa/kernel/kernel.git/net/bluetooth/../ieee802154/6lowpan_iphc.c:344: first defined here
make[1]: *** [net/built-in.o] Error 1
(this change probably simply wasn't "git add"d to a53d34c346)
Fixes: a53d34c346 ("net: move 6lowpan compression code to separate module")
Fixes: 18722c2470 ("Bluetooth: Enable 6LoWPAN support for BT LE devices")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE 802.15.4 and Bluetooth networking stacks share 6lowpan compression
code. Instead of introducing Makefile/Kconfig hacks, build this code as
a separate module referenced from both ieee802154 and bluetooth modules.
This fixes the following build error observed in some kernel
configurations:
net/built-in.o: In function `header_create': 6lowpan.c:(.text+0x166149): undefined reference to `lowpan_header_compress'
net/built-in.o: In function `bt_6lowpan_recv': (.text+0x166b3c): undefined reference to `lowpan_process_data'
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dmitry_eremin@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes peer address lookup for 6loWPAN over Bluetooth Low
Energy links.
ADDR_LE_DEV_PUBLIC, and ADDR_LE_DEV_RANDOM are the values allowed for
"dst_type" field in the hci_conn struct for LE links.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch fixes the Bluetooth Low Energy Address type checking when
setting Universal/Local bit for the 6loWPAN network device or for the
peer device connection.
ADDR_LE_DEV_PUBLIC or ADDR_LE_DEV_RANDOM are the values allowed for
"src_type" and "dst_type" in the hci_conn struct. The Bluetooth link
type can be obtainned reading the "type" field in the same struct.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_pf.c
net/ipv6/ip6_tunnel.c
net/ipv6/ip6_vti.c
ipv6 tunnel statistic bug fixes conflicting with consolidation into
generic sw per-cpu net stats.
qlogic conflict between queue counting bug fix and the addition
of multiple MAC address support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the rfcomm_carrier_raised() definition as that function isn't
used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes two regressions introduced with the recent rfcomm tty
rework.
The current code uses the carrier_raised() method to wait for the
bluetooth connection when a process opens the tty.
However processes may open the port with the O_NONBLOCK flag or set the
CLOCAL termios flag: in these cases the open() syscall returns
immediately without waiting for the bluetooth connection to
complete.
This behaviour confuses userspace which expects an established bluetooth
connection.
The patch restores the old behaviour by waiting for the connection in
rfcomm_dev_activate() and removes carrier_raised() from the tty_port ops.
As a side effect the new code also fixes the case in which the rfcomm
tty device is created with the flag RFCOMM_REUSE_DLC: the old code
didn't call device_move() and ModemManager skipped the detection
probe. Now device_move() is always called inside rfcomm_dev_activate().
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reported-by: Andrey Vihrov <andrey.vihrov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Beson Chow <blc+bluez@mail.vanade.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is a preparatory patch which moves the rfcomm_get_device()
definition before rfcomm_dev_activate() where it will be used.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes a userspace regression introduced by the commit
29cd718b.
If the rfcomm device was created with the flag RFCOMM_RELEASE_ONHUP the
user space expects that the tty_port is released as soon as the last
process closes the tty.
The current code attempts to release the port in the function
rfcomm_dev_state_change(). However it won't get a reference to the
relevant tty to send a HUP: at that point the tty is already destroyed
and therefore NULL.
This patch fixes the regression by taking over the tty refcount in the
tty install method(). This way the tty_port is automatically released as
soon as the tty is destroyed.
As a consequence the check for RFCOMM_RELEASE_ONHUP flag in the hangup()
method is now redundant. Instead we have to be careful with the reference
counting in the rfcomm_release_dev() function.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reported-by: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP RAW sockets can be used for things which do not involve
establishing actual connection oriented L2CAP channels. One example of
such usage is the l2ping tool. The default security level for L2CAP
sockets is LOW, which implies that for SSP based connection
authentication is still requested (although with no MITM requirement),
which is not what we want (or need) for things like l2ping. Therefore,
default to one lower level, i.e. BT_SECURITY_SDP, for L2CAP RAW sockets
in order not to trigger unwanted authentication requests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some controller pretend they support the Delete Stored Link Key command,
but in reality they really don't support it.
< HCI Command: Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) plen 7
bdaddr 00:00:00:00:00:00 all 1
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) ncmd 1
status 0x11 deleted 0
Error: Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value
Not correctly supporting this command causes the controller setup to
fail and will make a device not work. However sending the command for
controller that handle stored link keys is important. This quirk
allows a driver to disable the command if it knows that this command
handling is broken.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI User Channel is an admin operation which enforces CAP_NET_ADMIN
when binding the socket. Problem now is that it then requires also
CAP_NET_RAW when calling into hci_sock_sendmsg. This is not intended
and just an oversight since general HCI sockets (which do not require
special permission to bind) and HCI User Channel share the same code
path here.
Remove the extra CAP_NET_RAW check for HCI User Channel write operation
since the permission check has already been enforced when binding the
socket. This also makes it possible to open HCI User Channel from a
privileged process and then hand the file descriptor to an unprivilged
process.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case of error, the function bt_skb_alloc() returns NULL pointer
not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check should
be replaced with NULL test.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several issues on current debug behaviour.
This patch fix the following issues:
- Fix debug printout only if DEBUG is defined.
- Move debug functions of 6LoWPAN code into 6lowpan header.
- Cleanup codestyle of debug functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The condition wouldn't have previously caused -ENOENT to be returned if
dev was NULL. The proper condition should be if (!dev || !dev->netdev).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The 6lowpan.c file was missing an #include statement for 6lowpan.h.
Without it we get the following type of warnings:
net/bluetooth/6lowpan.c:320:5: warning: symbol 'bt_6lowpan_recv' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/bluetooth/6lowpan.c:737:5: warning: symbol 'bt_6lowpan_add_conn' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/bluetooth/6lowpan.c:805:5: warning: symbol 'bt_6lowpan_del_conn' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/bluetooth/6lowpan.c:878:5: warning: symbol 'bt_6lowpan_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/bluetooth/6lowpan.c:883:6: warning: symbol 'bt_6lowpan_cleanup' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is a temporary patch where user can manually enable or
disable BT 6LoWPAN functionality between devices.
Eventually the connection is established automatically if
the devices are advertising suitable capability and this patch
can be removed.
Before connecting the devices do this
echo Y > /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/6lowpan
This enables 6LoWPAN support and creates the bt0 interface
automatically when devices are finally connected.
Rebooting or unloading the bluetooth kernel module will also clear the
settings from the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is initial version of
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6lo-btle-00
By default the 6LoWPAN support is not activated and user
needs to tweak /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/6lowpan
file.
The kernel needs IPv6 support before 6LoWPAN is usable.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we receive an L2CAP command reject message over LE we should take
appropriate action on the corresponding channel. This is particularly
important when trying to interact with a remote pre-4.1 system using LE
CoC signaling messages. If we don't react to the command reject the
corresponding socket would not be notified until a connection timeout
occurs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add the LMP feature constants for connectionless slave broadcast
and use them for capability testing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the addition of L2CAP Connection Oriented Channels for Bluetooth
Low Energy connections, it makes sense to increase the minor version
of the Bluetooth core module.
The module version is not used anywhere, but it gives a nice extra
hint for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Several files refer to an old address for the Free Software Foundation
in the file header comment. Resolve by replacing the address with
the URL <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/> so that we do not have to keep
updating the header comments anytime the address changes.
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Alex Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
CC: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
CC: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The range of valid LE PSMs is 0x0001-0x00ff so the check should be for
"less than or equal to" instead of "less than".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since there's a nice convenient helper for calculating the minimum of
two values, let's use that one.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The values in l2cap_chan that are used for actually transmitting data
only need to be initialized right after we've received an L2CAP Connect
Request or just before we send one. The only thing that we need to
initialize though bind() and connect() is the chan->mode value. This way
all other initializations can be done in the l2cap_le_flowctl_init
function (which now becomes private to l2cap_core.c) and the
l2cap_le_flowctl_start function can be completely removed.
Also, since the l2cap_sock_init function initializes the imtu and omtu
to adequate values these do not need to be part of l2cap_le_flowctl_init.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds entries to debugfs to control the values used for the
MPS and Credits for LE Flow Control Mode.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LE PSM values have different ranges than those for BR/EDR. The valid
ranges for fixed, SIG assigned values is 0x0001-0x007f and for dynamic
PSM values 0x0080-0x00ff. We need to ensure that bind() and connect()
calls conform to these ranges when operating on LE CoC sockets.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LE CoC used differend CIC ranges than BR/EDR L2CAP. The start of the
range is the same (0x0040) but the range ends at 0x007f (unlike BR/EDR
where it goes all the way to 0xffff).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The outgoing MTU should only be set upon channel creation to the initial
minimum value (23) or from a remote connect req/rsp PDU.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It doesn't make sense to have an MPS value greater than the configured
MTU value since we will then not be able to fill up the packets to their
full possible size. We need to set the MPS both in flowctl_init()
as well as flowctl_start() since the imtu may change after init() but
start() is only called after we've sent the LE Connection Request PDU
which depends on having a valid MPS value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the peer gives us zero credits in its connection request or response
we must call the suspend channel callback so the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag gets
set and user space is blocked from sending data to the socket.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Unlike BR/EDR, for LE when we're in the BT_CONNECT state we may or may
not have already have sent the Connect Request. This means that we need
some extra tracking of the request. This patch adds an extra channel
flag to prevent the request from being sent a second time.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving fragments over an LE Connection oriented Channel they
need to be collected up and eventually merged into a single SDU. This
patch adds the necessary code for collecting up the fragment skbs to the
channel context and passing them to the recv() callback when the entire
SDU has been received.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds segmentation support for outgoing data packets. Packets
are segmented based on the MTU and MPS values. The l2cap_chan struct
already contains many helpful variables from BR/EDR Enhanced L2CAP which
can be used for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Setting the BT_SK_SUSPEND socket flag from the L2CAP core is causing a
dependency on the socket. So instead of doing that, use a channel
callback into the socket handling to suspend.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since LE CoC support needs to be enabled through a module option for now
we need to reject any related signaling PDUs in addition to rejecting
the creation of LE CoC sockets (which we already do).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the necessary discipline for reacting to LE L2CAP
Credits packets, sending those packets, and modifying the known credits
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should return credits to the remote side whenever they fall below a
certain level (in our case under half of the initially given amount).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds new socket options for LE sockets since the existing
L2CAP_OPTIONS socket option is not usable for LE. For now, the new
socket options also require LE CoC support to be explicitly enabled to
leave some playroom in case something needs to be changed in a backwards
incompatible way.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most of the values in L2CAP_OPTIONS are not applicable for LE and those
that are have different semantics. It makes therefore sense to
completely block this socket option for LE and add (in a separate patch)
a new socket option for tweaking the values that do make sense (mainly
the send and receive MTU). Legacy user space ATT code still depends on
getsockopt for L2CAP_OPTIONS though so we need to plug a hole for that
for backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds tracking of L2CAP connection oriented channel local and
remote credits to struct l2cap_chan and ensures that connect requests
and responses contain the right values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LE connection oriented channels have their own mode with its own
data transfer rules. In order to implement this properly we need to
distinguish L2CAP channels operating in this mode from other modes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes the error handling and return logic of l2cap_le_sig_cmd
consistent with its BR/EDR counterpart.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The normal L2CAP Disconnect request and response are also used for LE
connection oriented channels. Therefore, we can simply use the existing
handler functions for terminating LE based L2CAP channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Sending of the L2CAP Disconnect request should also be performed for LE
based channels. The proper thing to do is therefore to look at whether
there's a PSM specified for the channel instead of looking at the link
type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the necessary boiler plate code to handle receiving
L2CAP connect requests over LE and respond to them with a proper connect
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll need to have a separate code path for LE based connection
rejection so it's cleaner to move out the response construction code
into its own function (and later a second one for LE).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This function is needed both by the smp_conn_security function as well
as upcoming code to check for the security requirements when receiving
an L2CAP connect request over LE.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the necessary code to send an LE L2CAP Connect Request
and handle its response when user space has provided us with an LE
socket with a PSM instead of a fixed CID.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once connection oriented L2CAP channels over LE are supported they will
need a completely separate handling from BR/EDR channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LE signaling PDU length is already calculated in the
l2cap_le_sig_channel function so we can just pass the value to the
various handler functions to avoid unnecessary recalculations (byte
order conversions). Right now the only user is the connection parameter
update procedure, but as new LE signaling operations become available
(for connection oriented channels) they will also be able to make use of
the value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With connection oriented L2CAP channels some code paths will be shared
with BR/EDR links. It is therefore necessary to allow the
l2cap_chan_check_security function to be usable also for LE links in
addition to BR/EDR ones. This means that smp_conn_security() needs to be
called instead of hci_conn_security() in the case of an LE link.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once connection oriented L2CAP channels become possible for LE we need
to be able to specify the link type we're interested in when looking up
L2CAP channels. Therefore, add a link_type parameter to the
l2cap_global_chan_by_psm() function which gets compared to the address
type associated with each l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Along with the L2CAP Connection Oriented Channels features it is now
allowed to use both custom fixed CIDs as well as PSM based (connection
oriented connections). Since the support for this (with the subsequent
patches) is still on an experimental stage, add a module parameter to
enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch is just a trivial coding style fix to remove unnecessary
braces from a one-line if-statement.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The AES cipher is used in ECB mode by SMP and therefore doesn't use an
IV (crypto_blkcipher_ivsize returns 0) so the code trying to set the IV
was never getting called. Simply remove this code to avoid anyone from
thinking it actually makes some difference.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This function was always just making a single get_random_bytes() call
and always returning the value 0. It's simpler to just call
get_random_bytes() directly where needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hci_disconn_complete_evt() logic is more complicated than what it
should be, making it hard to follow and add new features.
So this patch does some code refactoring by handling the error cases
in the beginning of the function and by moving the main flow into the
first level of function scope. No change is done in the event handling
logic itself.
Besides organizing this messy code, this patch makes easier to add
code for handling LE auto connection (which will be added in a further
patch).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
According to b644ba336 (patch that introduced HCI_CONN_MGMT_CONNECTED
flag), the HCI_CONN_MGMT_CONNECTED flag tracks when mgmt has been
notified about the connection.
That being said, there is no point in calling mgmt_disconnect_failed()
conditionally based on this flag. mgmt_disconnect_failed() removes
pending MGMT_OP_DISCONNECT commands, it doesn't matter if that
connection was notified or not.
Moreover, if the Disconnection Complete event has status then we have
nothing else to do but call mgmt_disconnect_failed() and return.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The send parameter has only been used for determining whether to send a
Pairing Failed PDU or not. However, the function can equally well use
the already existing reason parameter to make this choice and send the
PDU whenever a non-zero value was passed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We can safely remove the link type check from hci_disconn_complete_
evt() since this check in not required for mgmt_disconnect_failed()
and mgmt_device_disconnected() does it internally.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an extra check in mgmt_device_disconnected() so we only
send the "Device Disconnected" event if it is ACL_LINK or LE_LINK link
type.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Check the address and address type in mgmt_disconnect_failed() otherwise
we may wrongly fail the MGMT_OP_DISCONNECT command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The list of supported commands of a controller can not change during
its lifetime. So store the list just once during the setup procedure
and not every time the HCI command is executed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The complete list of local features are available through debugfs and
so there is no need to add a debug print here.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The default own address type is currently set at every power on of
a controller. This overwrites the value set via debugfs. To avoid
this issue, set the default own address type only during controller
setup.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There is an old Panasonic module with a Zeevo chip in there that is
not really operating according to Bluetooth core specification when
it comes to setting the IAC LAP for limited discoverable mode.
For reference, this is the vendor information about this module:
< HCI Command: Read Local Version Information (0x04|0x0001) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 12
Read Local Version Information (0x04|0x0001) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
HCI version: Bluetooth 1.2 (0x02) - Revision 196 (0x00c4)
LMP version: Bluetooth 1.2 (0x02) - Subversion 61 (0x003d)
Manufacturer: Zeevo, Inc. (18)
The module reports only the support for one IAC at a time. And that
is totally acceptable according to the Bluetooth core specification
since the minimum supported IAC is only one.
< HCI Command: Read Number of Supported IAC (0x03|0x0038) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 5
Read Number of Supported IAC (0x03|0x0038) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Number of IAC: 1
The problem arises when trying to program two IAC into the module
on a controller that only supports one.
< HCI Command: Write Current IAC LAP (0x03|0x003a) plen 7
Number of IAC: 2
Access code: 0x9e8b00 (Limited Inquiry)
Access code: 0x9e8b33 (General Inquiry)
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Write Current IAC LAP (0x03|0x003a) ncmd 1
Status: Unknown HCI Command (0x01)
While this looks strange, but according to the Bluetooth core
specification it is a legal operation. The controller has to
ignore the other values and only program as many as it supports.
This command shall clear any existing IACs and stores Num_Current_IAC
and the IAC_LAPs in to the controller. If Num_Current_IAC is greater
than Num_Support_IAC then only the first Num_Support_IAC shall be
stored in the controller, and a Command Complete event with error
code Success (0x00) shall be generated.
This specific controller has a bug here and just returns an error. So
in case the number of supported IAC is less than two and the limited
discoverable mode is requested, now only the LIAC is written to
the controller.
< HCI Command: Write Current IAC LAP (0x03|0x003a) plen 4
Number of IAC: 1
Access code: 0x9e8b00 (Limited Inquiry)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
Write Current IAC LAP (0x03|0x003a) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
All other controllers that only support one IAC seem to handle this
perfectly fine, but this fix will only write the LIAC for these
controllers as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch now always passes msg->msg_namelen as 0. recvmsg handlers must
set msg_namelen to the proper size <= sizeof(struct sockaddr_storage)
to return msg_name to the user.
This prevents numerous uninitialized memory leaks we had in the
recvmsg handlers and makes it harder for new code to accidentally leak
uninitialized memory.
Optimize for the case recvfrom is called with NULL as address. We don't
need to copy the address at all, so set it to NULL before invoking the
recvmsg handler. We can do so, because all the recvmsg handlers must
cope with the case a plain read() is called on them. read() also sets
msg_name to NULL.
Also document these changes in include/linux/net.h as suggested by David
Miller.
Changes since RFC:
Set msg->msg_name = NULL if user specified a NULL in msg_name but had a
non-null msg_namelen in verify_iovec/verify_compat_iovec. This doesn't
affect sendto as it would bail out earlier while trying to copy-in the
address. It also more naturally reflects the logic by the callers of
verify_iovec.
With this change in place I could remove "
if (!uaddr || msg_sys->msg_namelen == 0)
msg->msg_name = NULL
".
This change does not alter the user visible error logic as we ignore
msg_namelen as long as msg_name is NULL.
Also remove two unnecessary curly brackets in ___sys_recvmsg and change
comments to netdev style.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMP security request is for a slave role device to request the
master role device to initiate a pairing request. If we receive this
command while we're in the slave role we should reject it appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP socket validates proper bdaddr_type for connect, so this
patch fixes to set explictly bdaddr_type for RFCOMM connect.
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP socket bind checks its bdaddr type but RFCOMM kernel thread
does not assign proper bdaddr type for L2CAP sock. This can cause
that RFCOMM failure.
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no access to chan->sk in L2CAP core now. This change marks the
end of the task of splitting L2CAP between Core and Socket, thus sk is now
gone from struct l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of accessing skb->sk in L2CAP core we now compare the channel
a skb belongs to and not send it back if the channel is same. This change
removes another struct socket usage from L2CAP core.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Adding the channel to the skb private data makes possible to us know which
channel the skb we have came from.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The parent socket is not used inside the L2CAP core anymore. We only lock
it to indirect access through the new_connection() callback. The hold of
the socket lock was moved to the new_connection() callback.
Inside L2CAP core the channel lock is now used in l2cap_le_conn_ready()
and l2cap_conn_ready() to protect the execution of these two functions
during the handling of new incoming connections.
This change remove the socket lock usage from L2CAP core while keeping
the code safe against race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This simplify and make safer the state change handling inside l2cap_core.c.
we got rid of __l2cap_state_change(). And l2cap_state_change() doesn't lock
the socket anymore, instead the socket is locked inside the ops callback for
state change in l2cap_sock.c.
It makes the code safer because in some we were using a unlocked version,
and now we are calls to l2cap_state_change(), when dealing with sockets, use
the locked version.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In both places that we use the defer callback the socket lock is held for
a indirect sk access inside __l2cap_change_state() and chan->ops->defer(),
all the rest of the code between lock_sock() and release_sock() is
already protected by the channel lock and won't be affected by this
change.
We now use l2cap_change_state(), the locked version of the change state
function, and the defer callback does the locking itself now. This does
not affect other uses of the defer callback.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the process of removing socket usage from L2CAP we now access the L2CAP
socket from the data member of struct l2cap_chan. For the L2CAP socket
user the data member points to the L2CAP socket.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is a leftover from the recent effort of remove sk usage from L2CAP
core.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current "fast connectable" feature is BR/EDR-only, so add a proper
check for BR/EDR support before proceeding with the associated HCI
commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Set Discoverable management command to also be
applicable for LE. In particular this affects the advertising flags
where we can say "general discoverable" or "limited discoverable".
Since the device flags may not be up-to-date when the advertising data
is written this patch introduces a get_adv_discov_flags() helper
function which also looks at any pending mgmt commands (a pending
set_discoverable would be the exception when the flags are not yet
correct).
The patch also adds HCI_DISCOVERABLE flag clearing to the
mgmt_discoverable_timeout function, since the code was previously
relying on the mgmt_discoverable callback to handle this, which is only
called for the BR/EDR-only HCI_Write_Scan_Enable command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon be introducing also LE support for the Set Discoverable
management command, so move the HCI_LIMITED_DISCOVERABLE flag clearing
and setting out from the if-branch that is only used for a BR/EDR
specific HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should only send the HCI_Write_Scan_Enable command from
mgmt_set_powered_failed() when BR/EDR support is enabled. This is
particularly important when the discoverable setting is also tied to LE.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We will soon need this function for updating the advertising data, so
move it higher up in mgmt.c to avoid a forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is possible that the Set Connectable management command doesn't cause
any HCI commands to send (such as when BR/EDR is disabled). We can't
just send a response to user space in this case but must also update the
necessary device flags and settings. This patch fixes the issue by using
the recently introduced set_connectable_update_settings function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We will need to directly update the device flags and notify user space
of the new settings not just when we're powered off but also if it turns
out that there are no HCI commands to send (which can happen in
particular when BR/EDR is disabled). Since this is a considerable amount
of code, refactor it to a separate function so it can be reused for the
"no HCI commands to send" case.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We shouldn't be sending the HCI_Write_Class_Of_Device command when
BR/EDR is disabled since this is a BR/EDR-only command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's better to check for the device flag instead of device features so
that we avoid unnecessary HCI commands when the feature is supported but
disabled (i.e. the flag is unset).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's better to check for the device flag instead of device features so
that we avoid unnecessary HCI commands when the feature is supported but
disabled (i.e. the flag is unset).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few variable assignments ended up with missing a space between the
variable and equal sign.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The uuid entry struct is used for the UUID byte stream. That is
actually the wrong value. The correct value is uuid->uuid.
Besides fixing this up, use the %pUb modifier to print the UUID
string. However since the UUID is stored in big endian with
reversed byte order, change the byte order before printing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device Under Test (DUT) mode is useful for doing certification
testing and so expose this as debugfs option.
This mode is actually special since you can only enter it. Restoring
normal operation means that a HCI Reset is required. The current mode
value gets tracked as a new device flag and when disabling it, the
correct command to reset the controller is sent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For testing purposes expose the default LE connection interval values
via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Enabling and disabling SSP debug mode is useful for development. This
adds a debugfs entry that allows to configure the SSP debug mode.
On purpose this has been implemented as debugfs entry and not a public
API since it is really only useful during testing and development.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The conn->interval parameter of HCI connections is not used at all
and so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For LE capable controllers at the special LE features page to the
debugfs list with all the other features pages.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The system can be figured to accept and use debug keys. Expose this
value in debugfs for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For some testing it is important to know the current own addres type,
but also be able to change it. The change is lost over powery cycles
and only intended for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The own address type is based on the fact if the controller has
a public address or not. This means that this detail can be just
configured once during setup phase.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For debugging purposes expose the current list of long term keys
via debugfs. This file is read-only and limited to root access.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Knowing the white list size information is important for
debugging. So export it via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bus information are exposed in the actual hierarchy and should
not be exposed as attribute.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For debugging purposes expose the current list of link keys via
debugfs. This file is read-only and limited to root access.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The class of device debugfs information should be directly exported
from hci_core.c and so move them over there.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The local version information from the controller can not change
since they are static. So store them only once during setup
phase and not bother overwriting them every time this command
gets executed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Move the debugfs entries for manufacturer, hci_ver and hci_rev into
hci_core.c and use the new helpers for static entries that will not
change at runtime. Once passed the setup procedure, they will stay
fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The debug entry for connection features is incomplete and also does
not work with AMP controllers and physical links. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some controllers list the max_page value from the extended features
response as 0 when SSP has not yet been enabled. To workaround this
issue, force the max_page value to 1 when SSP support has been
detected.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Move the handling of HCI device features debugfs into hci_core.c and
also extend it with handling of multiple feature pages.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the remote LE device is blocked, then do not create a L2CAP
channel for it. Without a channel, all packets for that connection
will be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI connection hcon is already dereferenced, then use hcon
directly instead of conn->hcon.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The old blacklist ioctl interface was only able to operate on BR/EDR
addresses. So use the BDADDR_BREDR address type definition instead
of an open coded magic 0 value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Old user space versions bind the Attribute Protocol socket to
BDADDR_BREDR when they should be using BDADDR_LE_PUBLIC or
BDADDR_LE_RANDOM. The kernel recently introduced stricter checks on the
socket parameters but we need to punch this hole for old user space
versions to keep them working.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Move the debugfs configuration directly into hci_core.c and only expose
it when the controller actually support BR/EDR sniff power saving mode.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The address type is important for the blacklist entries. So include
it at well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The device_add handling can be done directly in hci_register_dev and
device_remove within hci_unregister_dev.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Create the root Bluetooth debugfs directory during module init
and remove it on module exit.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Create the debugfs directory for each HCI device directly in
hci_register_dev function and remove it during hci_unregister_dev.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Make sure to use IS_ERR_OR_NULL for checking the existing of the root
debugfs dentry bt_debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The uuids debugfs should only be created together with the other
entries after the setup procedure has been finished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The blacklist debugfs should only be created together with the other
entries after the setup procedure has been finished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The device blacklist is not taking care of the address type. Actually
store the address type in the list entries and also use them when
looking up addresses in the table.
This is actually a serious bug. When adding a LE public address to
the blacklist, then it would be blocking a device on BR/EDR. And this
is not the expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For easier debugging of the current voice setting, expose the value
in debugfs if the controller is BR/EDR capable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For LE capable controllers, the static address can be configured. For
debugging purposes expose the value in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The auto_accept_delay debugfs entry is only valid for BR/EDR capable
controllers that also support SSP. If SSP is not available or it is
a LE-only single mode controller this value has no affect and so do
not expose it.
Since the value can be actually changed, switch the permissions
to 0644 to clearly indicate that the value is indeed writeable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The inquiry_cache debugfs entry is only valid for BR/EDR capable
controllers. In case of single mode LE-only controllers that
entry is not valid.
Move the creating of the debugfs entries to the end of controller
init and only create the inquiry_cache entry if BR/EDR is actually
supported.
At the same time this avoids creating any debugfs entries for
AMP controllers since none of the entries are valid there.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP socket parameter for CID are actually provided in little
endian. So convert our constants into little endian before comparing
them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There is no need to use a timer since the entire Bluetooth subsystem
runs using workqueues these days.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the entire Bluetooth subsystem runs in workqueues these days there
is no need to use a timer for deferring work.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Right now we do not allow user space to use connection oriented channels
on LE, and the only CID that can be used is the Attribute Protocol one.
These restrictions went away together with the recent refactoring of the
L2CAP code, but this patch puts them back to their appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This function should be operating on scan_rsp_data_len and scan_rsp_data
and not the advertising data variables.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP CID is only defined for LE transports. Instead of returning an
error from smp_sig_channel() in this case (which would cause a
disconnection) just return 0 to ignore the data, which is consistent
with the behavior for other unknown CIDs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The A2MP CID is only valid for BR/EDR transports. We should ignore A2MP
data on non-BR/EDR links and refuse to create an amp_mgr object.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the only reason code this function can return is
L2CAP_REJ_NOT_UNDERSTOOD we can just do the necessary assignment without
needing a separate function at all.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no command handler that would return an EMSGSIZE error, so just
remove this mapping from the l2cap_err_to_reason function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the reason code in the L2CAP command reject is "invalid CID" there
should be four additional bytes of data in the PDU, namely the source
and destination CIDs (which should be zero if one or both are not
applicable). This patch fixes all occurrences of such errors to return
the right kind of PDU.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since there is update_scan_rsp_data, it is also better to use the
clear name update_adv_data instead of update_ad.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan response data is a better place to store the device name
since it has more space available and is also enforcing privacy.
When the controller is advertising, the connectable setting decides
if ADV_IND or ADV_NONCONN_IND is used. In case of ADV_IND, the
remote side is allowed to request the scan response data. Same as
with BR/EDR where either EIR is used or a remote name request. In
non-connectable mode, the device name is not available since it is
not allowed to request scan response data. Same as in BR/EDR where
the device is non-discoverable and no name requests are answered.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
On controller power on and when enabling LE functionality,
make sure that also the scan response data is correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan response data needs to be stored in HCI device and so
add a buffer for it and also ensure to clear it when resetting
the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Rename the create_ad function into create_adv_data to make it clear
that it is used to create the advertising data. This is important
since later on a function adding the scan response data will be
added.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_new_ltk() function is not used and
so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_read_local_oob_data_reply_complete() function
is not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_set_local_name_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_set_class_of_dev_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_ssp_enable_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_auth_enable_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_auth_failed() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_reply_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_request() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In this case the replacement by l2cap_chan_ready() doesn't change the code
flow, the same operations will executed plus two others that have no
effect: the use of the parent socket, that a non-oriented channel doesn't
have and the reset of conf_state, which is also fine since the connection
is ready at this point.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The wait_ack code has a heavy dependency on the socket data structures
and, as of now, it won't be worthless change it to use non-socket
structures as the only user of such feature is a socket.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to remove all direct access of struct sock from L2CAP core.
This change is pretty simple and just add a new L2CAP channel callback to
do the work in the L2CAP socket side.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As part of the work to remove struct sock from l2cap_core.c and make it
more generic we remove in this commit the direct access to sk->sk_sndtimeo
member. This objective of this change is purely remove sk usage from
l2cap_core.c
Now we have a new l2cap ops to get the current value of sk->sndtimeo. A
l2cap_chan_no_get_sndtimeo was added for users of L2CAP that doesn't need
to set a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
l2cap_state_change_and_error() introduces the ability to update a
l2cap_user with changes in channel's state and error code with just one
call. The main reason for this is to avoid race conditions between and
setting the state and then the error. Otherwise we would need to release
the lock between both operations.
This is another step of an ongoing work to make l2cap_core.c totally
independent from l2cap's struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of creating an new function pointer to report errors we are just
reusing state_change for that and there is a simple reason for this, one
place in the l2cap_core.c code needs, in a locked sk, set both the sk_state
and sk_err. If we create two different functions for this we would need to
release the lock between the two operation putting the socket in non
desired state.
The change is transparent to the l2cap_core.c code, user that only needs
to set the state won't need any modification.
This is another step of an ongoing work to make l2cap_core.c totally
independent from l2cap's struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the discoverable timeout triggers and limited discoverable mode
was used, then the class of device needs to be updated to remove
the limited discoverable bit.
To keep the class of device logic in a central place, expose a new
function mgmt_discoverable_timeout that can be called from the
timeout callback. In case the class of device value needs updating,
it will add the HCI command to the transaction.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_get_length() function is only used from hci_event.c and so
instead of having a public function move it to the location where
it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_append_data() function is only used from mgmt.c and so
instead of having a public function move it to the location where
it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_new_link_key() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The limited discoverable mode should be used when a device is only
discoverable for a certain amount of time and after that it returns
back into being non-discoverable.
This adds another option to the set discoverable management command
to clearly distinguish limited discoverable from general discoverable
mode.
While the general discoverable mode can be set with a specific
timeout or as permanent setting, the limited discoverable mode
requires a timeout. The timeout is flexible and the kernel will
not enforce any specific limitations. That GAP part of this is
required by userspace to enforce according to the Bluetooth core
specification.
Devices in limited discoverable mode can still be found by the
general discovery procedure. It is mandatory that a device sets
both GIAC and LIAC when entering limited discoverable mode.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When only the discoverable timeout gets updated, just cancel the current
timeout, store the new timeout value. If the new timeout is valid, then
arm the discoverable timeout again.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The discoverable timeout is currently armed from hci_event.c and causes
some side effects when using HCI commands instead of the management
interface. To make this clear, only arm the discoverable timeout from
the management command complete handler.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the discoverable mode gets changed, ensure that the class of
device value has the correct limited discoverable bit value set.
Since the class of device HCI command will only be send to the
controller when the value changes, it is safe to just always
trigger the update.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_write_scan_failed() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_connectable() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_discoverable() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add a new flag that can be set when in limited discoverable mode. This
flag will cause the limited discoverable bit in the class of device
value to bet set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Magically updating the advertising data when some random command enables
advertising in the controller is not really a good idea. It also caused
a bit of complicated code with the exported hci_udpate_ad function that
is shared from many places.
This patch consolidates the advertising data update into the management
core. It also makes sure that when powering on with LE enabled or later
on enabling LE the controller has a good default for advertising data.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the discoverable timeout triggers and it is time to turn inquiry
scan back off, use the HCI request framework to do it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There is a minor coding style violation and so just fix it. No actual
logic has changed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Read the current IAC LAP values when initializing the controller. The
values are not used, but it is good to have them in the trace files
for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When initializing a controller make sure to read out the number of
supported IAC and store its result. This value is needed to determine
if limited discoverable for BR/EDR can be configured or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The scan window parameter for connection establishment and passive
scanning needs to be smaller or equal than the scan interval.
Instead of waiting for a controller to reject these values later on,
just reject them right away.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If a socket was bound to an address type other than BR/EDR (such as LE)
we should reject trying to connect it to a BR/EDR address. The same
applies for binding to BR/EDR and trying to connect to non-BR/EDR.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to verify that the bdaddr type passed to connect() and bind() is
within the set of valid values. If it is not we need to cleanly fail
with EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts Set Discoverable to use an asynchronous request
along with its own completion callback. This is necessary for splitting
raw HCI socket use cases from mgmt, as well as for enabling the hooking
up of Advertising parameters together with the HCI_DISCOVERABLE flag
(coming in later patches).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the connectable setting is also applicable for the LE side it's
possible that the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag is already set when changing the
BR/EDR setting from false to true while the controller is powered. In
this situation we need to update the BR/EDR scan mode to reflect the
setting. Additionally, since HCI_CONNECTABLE also applies to LE we must
not clear the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag when disabling bredr.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The set_bredr_scan() function will soon be needed by the set_bredr()
function, so move it to a new location to avoid having to add a forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Set Connectable Management command to also update
the LE advertising type to either connectable or non-connectable
advertising. An extra helper function is needed for getting the right
advertising type since we can not only rely on the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag
but must also check for a pending Set Connectable command (in which case
the flag does not yet have its final value).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to ensure that the advertising data is up-to-date whenever
advertising is enabled, but when disabling advertising we do not need to
worry about it (since it will eventually get fixed as soon as
advertising is enabled again). This patch fixes this in the command
complete callback for set_adv_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These functions will soon be used by set_connectable() so move them to a
location in mgmt.c that doesn't require forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the HCI commands related to the Set Connectable command fail we will
get a non-zero status in the request completion callback. In such a case
we must respond with the appropriate command status message to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the responsibility of setting/clearing the
HCI_CONNECTABLE flag to the request completion callback of the Set
Connectable command. This will allow us to cleanly add support for LE
Advertising hooks in later patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the decisions of which HCI commands to send (or not
to send) to the code between hci_req_init() and hci_req_run() this
allows us to further extend the request with further commands but still
keep the same logic of handling whether to return a direct mgmt response
in the case that no HCI commands were sent.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Clearing the BT_SK_SUSPEND socket flag from the L2CAP core is causing
a dependency on the socket. So intead of doing that, use a channel
callback into the socket handling to resume.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP core should not look into the socket flags to figure out the
setting of defer setup. So introduce a L2CAP channel flag that mirrors
the socket flag.
Since the defer setup option is only set in one place this becomes a
really easy thing to do.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The exposed socket information do not contain source or destination
addresses. So adjust the header accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There have been a lot of changes in the core Bluetooth handling
lately. So it is a good idea to increase the module version.
The module version is not used anywhere, but it makes debugging
a little bit simpler if versions can be distinguished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP connectionless channels use SOCK_DGRAM and recvmsg() and need
to receive the remote BD_ADDR and PSM information via msg_name from
the recvmsg() system call.
So in case the L2CAP socket is for connectionless channels, provide
a msg_name callback that can update the data. Also store the remote
BD_ADDR and PSM in the skb so it can be extracted later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This allows to add a per socket msg_name callback that can be used
for updating the msg_name information for recvmsg() system calls.
This feature is used by another patch to support address information
on L2CAP connectionless channels.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are few places where it makes sense to use l2cap_pi(sk) directly
instead of assigning it to temporary structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every socket protocol now stores its own address information. So
just remove the generic src and dst fields since they are no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The address information of RFCOMM sockets should be stored in its
own socket structure. Trying to generalize them is not helpful since
different transports have different address types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The address information of SCO sockets should be stored in its own
socket structure. Trying to generalize them is not helpful since
different transports have different address types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of storing a pointer to the addresses for the HCI device
and HCI connection, use them directly. With the recent changes
to address tracking of HCI connections, this becomes simple.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP socket structure does not contain the address information
anymore. They need to be accessed through the L2CAP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP socket structure does not contain the address information
anymore. They need to be accessed through the L2CAP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP socket structure does not contain the address information
anymore. They need to be accessed through the L2CAP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP socket structure does not contain the address information
anymore. They need to be accessed through the L2CAP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP sockets can use BR/EDR public, LE public and LE random
addresses for various combinations of source and destination
devices. So make sure that getsockname(), getpeername() and
accept() return the correct address type.
For this the address type of the source and destination is stored
with the L2CAP channel information. The stored address type is
not the one specific for the HCI protocol. It is the address
type used for the L2CAP sockets and the management interface.
The underlying HCI connections store the HCI address type. If
needed, it gets converted to the socket address type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the effort of abstracting the L2CAP socket from the underlying
L2CAP channel it is important to store the source and destination
address information directly in the L2CAP channel structure.
Direct access to the HCI connection address information is not
possible since they might not be avaiable at L2CAP channel
creation time. The address information will be updated when
the underlying BR/EDR or LE connection status changes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When having LE connections, the source address is not always the
public address of the controller. So update the socket address
based on the actual used source address of the HCI connection.
This also remove the pointless source address pointer and adds
a proper lock around the socket structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The SMP source code has a few coding style violations. Fix them up
all at once. No actual code has changed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The smp_c1() so far always assumed public addresses as input for its
operation. However it should provide actually the source address type
of the actual connection.
Finally the source address type is tracked in hci_conn->src_type and
so use that one as input.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The source address is now stored in hci_conn->src and so use that
one for L2CAP functions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The source address is now stored in hci_conn->src and so use that
one for SMP functions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The incoming LE connections do not have a proper source address and
address type set. The connection needs to be set with the same values
as used for advertising parameters.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The source addressed was based on the public address of the HCI device,
but with LE connections this not always the case. For example single
mode LE-only controllers would use a static random address. And this
address is configured by userspace.
To not complicate the lookup of what kind of address is in use, store
the correct source address for each HCI connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When establishing LE connections, it is possible to use a public
address (if available) or a random address. The type of address
is only known when creating connections, so make sure it is
stored in hci_conn structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bdaddr_to_le() function tries to convert the internal address
type to one that matches the HCI address type for LE. It does not
handle any address types not used by LE and in the end just make
the code a lot harder to read.
So instead of just hiding behind a magic function, just convert
the internal address type where it needs to be converted. And it
turns out that these are only two cases anyway. One when creating
new LE connections and the other when loading the long term keys.
In both cases this makes it more clear on what it going on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The l2cap_conn->src and l2cap_conn->dst addresses are just a pointers
to hci_conn structure. Use hci_conn->hdev->bdaddr and hci_conn->dst
directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The l2cap_conn->src and l2cap_conn->dst addresses are just a pointer
to hci_conn->hdev->bdaddr and hci_conn->dst structures. Use the data
provided by hci_conn directly. This is done for hci_conn->dst_type
already anyway and with this change it makes it a lot clearer were
the address information comes from.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The l2cap_conn->dst address is just a pointer into the hci_conn->dst
structure. Use hci_conn->dst directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The unicast connectionless data reception feature is actually support
and has been supported all along. Mark it as supported in the L2CAP
features bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The implementation actually supports the L2CAP connectionless data
channel. So set it as supported in the fixed channels bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The PSM 0x0021 is dedicated to the 3D profile and has permission to
use security mode 4 level 0 for L2CAP connectionless unicast data
transfers.
When establishing a L2CAP connectionless channel on PSM 0x0021, it
will no longer force Secure Simple Pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The exception for certain PSM channels when it comes to security
mode 4 level 0 should only be checked when actually a connection
oriented channel is established.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The put_unaligned() for setting the PSM is missing the (__le16 *)
cast. Without this, the PSM information transmitted over the air
are bogus.
In addition, print the used PSM value in the debug message so this
becomes easier to debug in the future.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The 1st generation of BlueFRITZ! devices from AVM Berlin pretend
to be HCI version 1.2 controllers, but they are not. They are simple
Bluetooth 1.1 devices.
Since this company never created any newer controllers, it is safe
to use the manufacturer ID instead of an USB quirk.
< HCI Command: Read Page Scan Activity (0x03|0x001b) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 8
Read Page Scan Activity (0x03|0x001b) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Interval: 1280.000 msec (0x0800)
Window: 21.250 msec (0x0022)
< HCI Command: Read Page Scan Type (0x03|0x0046) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Read Page Scan Type (0x03|0x0046) ncmd 1
Status: Unknown HCI Command (0x01)
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When adding support for MGMT_OP_SET_SCAN_PARAMS command the addition
to the supported commands list has been forgotten. This is needed
for userspace to detect if the command is supported or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It is not allowed to enable high speed support when Secure Simple
Pairing is not available or disabled.
However the support for high speed gets advertised on a controller
that does not even support Secure Simple Pairing. Since there is
no way to enable high speed support on such a controller, do not
even advertise its support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Really early versions of the Bluetooth specification were unclear
with the behavior of HCI Reset for USB devices. They assumed that
also an USB reset needs to be issued. Later Bluetooth specifications
cleared this out and it is safe to call HCI Reset without affecting
the transport.
For old devices that misbehave, the HCI_QUIRK_RESET_ON_CLOSE quirk
was introduced to postpone the HCI Reset until the device was no
longer in use.
One of these devices is the Digianswer BPA-105 Bluetooth Protocol
Analyzer. The only problem now is that with the quirk set, the
HCI Reset is also executed at the end of the setup phase. So the
controller gets configured and then it disconnects from the USB
bus, connects again, gets configured and of course disconnects
again. This game goes on forever.
For devices that need HCI_QUIRK_RESET_ON_CLOSE it is important
that the HCI Reset is not executed after the setup phase. In
specific when HCI_AUTO_OFF is set, do not call HCI Reset when
closing the device.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan interval and window parameters are used for LE passive
background scanning and connection establishment. This allows
userspace to change the values.
These two values should be kept in sync with whatever is used for
the scan parameters service on remote devices. And it puts the
controlling daemon (for example bluetoothd) in charge of setting
the values.
Main use case would be to switch between two sets of values. One
for foreground applications and one for background applications.
At this moment, the values are only used for manual connection
establishment, but soon that should be extended to background
scanning and automatic connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan interval and window for LE passive scanning and connection
establishment should be configurable on a per controller basis. So
introduce a setting that later on will allow modifying it.
This setting does not affect LE active scanning during device
discovery phase. As long as that phase uses interleaved discovery,
it will continuously scan.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of masking hdev inside the skb->dev parameter, hand it
directly to the driver as a parameter to hdev->send. This makes
the driver interface more clear and simpler.
This patch fixes all drivers to accept and handle the new parameter
of hdev->send callback. Special care has been taken for bpa10x
and btusb drivers that require having skb->dev set to hdev for
the URB transmit complete handlers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To avoid casting skb->dev into hdev, just let the drivers provide
the hdev directly when calling hci_recv_frame() function.
This patch also fixes up all drivers to provide the hdev.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of hci_send_frame() is never checked. So just make
this function void and print an error when the hdev->send driver
callback returns a negative value.
Having the error printed is actually an improvement over the
current situation where any driver error just gets ignored.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hdev parameter of hci_send_frame must be always valid. If the hdev
is not valid, it would not even make it to this stage. The callers
will have already accessed hdev at that point many times.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The assignement of skb->dev is done all over the place. So it makes it
hard to eventually get rid of it. Move it all in one central place so
it gets assigned right before calling hdev->send driver callback.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The smp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The a2mp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The amp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since there is no use of hdev->ioctl by any Bluetooth driver since
ever, so just lets remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The legacy ioctls for device specific commands including inquiry are
not support by AMP controllers. So just reject them right away instead
of trying to send the HCI command and wait for failure from the
actual hardware.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When checking for the current number of LE connections, use
hci_conn_num() function instead of a full blown lookup within
the connection hash or direct access of the counters.
In the case of re-enabling advertising, it is more useful to
check for any connection attempt or existing connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The function declaration goes over 80 characters, so break it down.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI_SETUP flag is set the controller has not yet been announced
over mgmt and therefore doesn't exist from that perspective. If we
nevertheless get a mgmt command for it we should respond with the
appropriate INVALID_INDEX error.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_recv_frame function is expected to take ownership and
eventually free the skb passed to it. We need to ensure that the
conn->rx_skb pointer is no longer reachable when calling
l2cap_recv_frame so that no other function, such as l2cap_conn_del, may
think that it can free conn->rx_skb.
An actual situation when this can happen is when smp_sig_channel (called
from l2cap_recv_frame) fails and l2cap_conn_del gets called as a
consequence. The l2cap_conn_del function would then try to free
conn->rx_skb, but as the same skb was just passed to smp_sig_channel and
freed we get a double-free.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The support for Bluetooth High Speed can only be enabled on controllers
where also Secure Simple Pairing has been enabled. Trying to enable
high speed when SSP is disabled will result into an error. Disabling
SSP will at the same time disable high speed as well.
It is required to enforce this dependency on SSP since high speed
support is only defined for authenticated, unauthenticated and
debug link keys. These link key types require SSP.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The variable val in the set_ssp() function of the management interface
is not needed. Just use cp->val directly since its input values have
already been validated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch does some code refactoring in hci_connect_le() by moving
the exception code into if statements and letting the main flow in
first level of function scope. It also adds extra comments to improve
the code readability.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces a new helper, which uses the HCI request
framework, for creating LE connectons. All the handling is now
done by this function so we can remove the hci_cs_le_create_conn()
event handler.
This patch also removes the old hci_le_create_connection() since
it is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We only (re)enable advertising when LE is disconnected. Trying to enable
advertising using mgmt_set_advertising while connected should simply
change the flag but not do anything else (until the connection gets
dropped). This patch fixes this by making an LE connection lookup to
determine whether there are any connected devices or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Sparse points out three places where variables are shadowed,
rename two of the variables and remove the duplicate third.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When initializing an AMP controller, read its current flow control
mode so that the correct value is used.
The AMP controller defaults to block based flow control and this
extra command is just to double check.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When initializing an AMP controller, read its current known location
data so that it can be analyzed later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The commands for reading supported features and commands are both
supported by AMP controllers. Issue them during controller init
phase so their values are known.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Within the AMP discover response, list powered down AMP controllers
as powered down. No point in trying to make them look any different.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The management interface only operates on BR/EDR controllers. The check
for the power down notification is a bit intermixed with the check if
controller auto power off is active. Since there are more than just
BR/EDR controllers supported, make this check explicit since the auto
power off check also applies to AMP controllers and it has to happen
in this exact order. Otherwise the bit will not be cleared.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Even AMP controllers should be powered off after the setup phase. It
is not a good idea to keep AMP controllers powered on all the time
if they are not in use.
Power on of the AMP controller can either be done manually via
command line commands or directly via A2MP. Especially since there
is an indication in A2MP for powered down controllers that can
be activated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_discovering() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_remote_name() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_found() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_disconnected() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_connected() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_connect_failed() function is not used
so change it to just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_disconnect_failed() function is not used
so change it to just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_set_powered_failed() function is never used
and so make the function just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value from mgmt_index_added() and mgmt_index_removed()
functions is never used. So do not pretend that returning an error
would actually be handled and just make both functions return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case the current value of pairable is already configured, do not
send a new settings event indicating that something has changed while
in reality everything is the same.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The helper function mgmt_valid_hdev() is more obfuscating the code
then it makes it easier to read. So intead of this helper, use the
direct check for BR/EDR device type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt_new_settings() function was only needed to handle the
error case when re-enabling advertising failed. Since that is
now handled internally inside the management core, this function
is not needed anymore. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the all LE connections have been disconneted, then it is up to
the host to re-enable advertising at that point. To ensure that the
correct advertising parameters are used, force the usage of the
common helper to enable advertising.
The change just moves the manual enabling of advertising from the
event handler into the management core so that the helper can
be actually shared.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The LE advertising parameters can only be modified when advertising
is disabled. So before enabling it, make sure the controller has all
the right parameters.
Right now all default values are used and thus this does no change
any existing behavior. One minor exception is that in case of single
mode LE-only controllers without a public address, now the random
address is used for advertising.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The tasks of enabling and disabling advertising are required in many
cases. So refactor the actual HCI operations into two common helpers
to make the code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is not a functional change, just change the code to make it easy
to understand that advertising gets disabled before LE support will
be turned off.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For single mode LE-only controllers, it is possible that they come
without a public address. If a public address is not available,
then use the random address for connection establishment and
scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When counting the number for AMP controllers, a positive check is
used. To be consistent, use the same check when actually adding
the data for the AMP contollers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The BR/EDR and LE setup procedures apply only to BR/EDR device types
and so check for that explicitly. Checking that it is not an AMP
controller is dangerous in case there will be ever a third device
type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case of a single mode LE-only controller it is possible that no
public address is used. These type of controllers require a random
address to be configured.
Without a configured static random address, such a controller is
not functional. So reject powering on the controller in this case
until it gets configured with a random address.
The controller setup stage is still run since it is the only way
to determinate if a public address is available or not. So it is
similar on how RFKILL gets handled during initial setup of the
controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Within the AMP discover response, all controllers that are not the
primary BR/EDR controller are valid.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The check if a L2CAP connection is AMP capable was a little bit
complicated. This changes the code to make it simpler and more
readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_amp_capable() function has only a single user inside the L2CAP
core. Instead of exporting the function, place it next to its user.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The number of controllers for the AMP discover response has already
been calculated. And since the hci_dev_list lock is held, it can not
change. So there is no need for any extra checks.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The inline function for BR/EDR controller AMP discover response
info is rather useless. Just include the code into the function
that builds the whole response.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AMP controller status constants need to be actually used to avoid
crypted hardcoded numbers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The special AMP controller id 0 is reserved for the BR/EDR controller
that has the main link. It is a fixed value and so use a constant for
this throughout the code to make it more visible when the handling is
for the BR/EDR channel or when it is for the AMP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are two defined HCI device types. One is for BR/EDR controllers
and the other is for AMP controllers. The HCI device type is not the
same as the AMP controller type. It just happens that currently the
defined types match, but that is not guaranteed.
Split the usage of AMP controller type into its own domain so that
it is possible to separate between BR/EDR controllers, 802.11 AMP
controllers and any other AMP technology that might be defined in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The list of controllers can be counted ahead of time and inline
inside the AMP discover handling. There is no need to export such
a function at all.
In addition just count the AMP controller and only allocated space
for a single mandatory BR/EDR controller. No need to allocate more
space than needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AMP discover response should list exactly one BR/EDR controller
and ignore all other BR/EDR controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
LE controllers will automatically disable advertising whenever they
accept a new connection. In order not to fall out of sync with the
advertising setting we need to re-enable advertising whenever the last
LE connection drops. A failure to re-enable advertising should cause the
setting to be disabled, so this patch also calls mgmt_new_settings()
when this happens.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A function is needed so that the HCI event processing can ask the mgmt
code to emit a new settings event. This is necessary e.g. when the event
processing does updates to mgmt related states without any dependency of
actual mgmt commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This flag is used to indicate whether we want to have advertising
enabled or not, so give it a more suitable name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves some hci_conn fields initialization from hci_le_
create_connection() to hci_connect_le(). It makes more sense to
initialize these fields within the function that creates the hci_
conn object.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch simply rename the hci_conn variable "le" to "conn"
since it is a better name.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth specification makes it clear that only one command
should be present in the L2CAP LE signalling packet. So tighten
the checks here and restrict it to exactly one command.
This is different from L2CAP BR/EDR signalling where multiple
commands can be part of the same packet.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When SMP packets are received, make sure they contain at least 1 byte
header for the opcode. If not, drop the packet and disconnect the link.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The ATT fixed channel is only valid when using LE connections. On
BR/EDR it is required to go through L2CAP connection oriented
channel for ATT.
Drop ATT packets when they are received on a BR/EDR connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When receiving connectionless packets on a LE connection, just drop
the packet. There is no concept of connectionless channels for LE.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When receiving SMP packets on a BR/EDR connection, then just drop
the packet and do not try to process it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP raw sockets are only used for BR/EDR signalling. Packets
on LE links should not be forwarded there.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The switch statement for the various L2CAP fixed channel handlers
is not really ordered.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Changing the device class when BR/EDR is disabled has no visible
effect for remote devices. However to simplify the logic allow it
as long as the controller supports BR/EDR operations.
If it is not allowed, then the overall logic becomes rather
complicated since the class of device values would need clearing
or restoring when BR/EDR setting changes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Loading long term keys into a BR/EDR only controller make no sense.
The kernel would never use any of these keys. So instead of allowing
userspace to waste memory, reject such operation with a not supported
error message.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Loading link keys into a LE only controller make no sense. The kernel
would never use any of these keys. So instead of allowing userspace
to waste memory, reject such operation with a not supported error
message.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Setting the static address does not depend on LE beeing enabled. It
only depends on a controller with LE support.
When depending on LE enabled this command becomes really complicated
since in case LE gets disabled, it would be required to clear the
static address and also its random address representation inside
the controller. With future support for private addresses such
complex setup should be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Only when BR/EDR is supported and enabled, allow changing of the SSP
setting. Just checking if the hardware supports SSP is not enough
since it might be the case that BR/EDR is disabled.
In the case that BR/EDR is disabled, but SSP supported by the
controller the not supported error message is now returned.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The wrong type of L2CAP signalling packets on the wrong type of
either BR/EDR or LE links need to be dropped. When that happens
the packet is dropped, but the memory not freed. So actually
free the memory as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
various fixes, improvements and other changes that have gone in
lately.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We shouldn't include the simultaneous LE & BR/EDR flags in the LE
advertising data if BR/EDR is disabled on a dual-mode controller. This
patch fixes this issue and ensures that the create_ad function generates
the correct flags when BR/EDR is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The REJECTED management response should mainly be used when the adapter
is in a state where we cannot accept some command or a specific
parameter value. The NOT_SUPPORTED response in turn means that the
adapter really cannot support the command or parameter value.
This patch fixes this distinction and adds two helper functions to
easily get the appropriate LE or BR/EDR related status response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
On dual-mode BR/EDR/LE and LE only controllers it is possible
to configure a random address. There are two types or random
addresses, one is static and the other private. Since the
random private addresses require special privacy feature to
be supported, the configuration of these two are kept separate.
This command allows for setting the static random address. It is
only supported on controllers with LE support. The static random
address is suppose to be valid for the lifetime of the controller
or at least until the next power cycle. To ensure such behavior,
setting of the address is limited to when the controller is
powered off.
The special BDADDR_ANY address (00:00:00:00:00:00) can be used to
disable the static address. This is also the default value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Disabling the high speed setting when the controller is powered on has
too many side effects that are not taken care of. And in general it
is not an useful operation anyway. So just make such a command fail
with a rejection error message.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a new mgmt command for enabling/disabling BR/EDR
functionality. This can be convenient when one wants to make a dual-mode
controller behave like a single-mode one. The command is only available
for dual-mode controllers and requires that LE is enabled before using
it. The BR/EDR setting can be enabled at any point, however disabling it
requires the controller to be powered off (otherwise a "rejected"
response will be sent).
Disabling the BR/EDR setting will automatically disable all other BR/EDR
related settings.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To allow treating dual-mode (BR/EDR/LE) controllers as single-mode ones
(LE-only) we want to introduce a new HCI_BREDR_ENABLED flag to track
whether BR/EDR is enabled or not (previously we simply looked at the
feature bit with lmp_bredr_enabled).
This patch add the new flag and updates the relevant places to test
against it instead of using lmp_bredr_enabled. The flag is by default
enabled when registering an adapter and only cleared if necessary once
the local features have been read during the HCI init procedure.
We cannot completely block BR/EDR usage in case user space uses raw HCI
sockets but the patch tries to block this in places where possible, such
as the various BR/EDR specific ioctls.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When hci_sock.c calls hci_dev_open it needs to ensure that there isn't
pending work in progress, such as that which is scheduled for the
initial setup procedure or the one for automatically powering off after
the setup procedure. This adds the necessary calls to ensure that any
previously scheduled work is completed before attempting to call
hci_dev_do_open.
This patch fixes a race with old user space versions where we might
receive a HCIDEVUP ioctl before the setup procedure has been completed.
When that happens the setup procedures callback may fail early and leave
the device in an inconsistent state, causing e.g. the setup callback to
be (incorrectly) called more than once.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The requirements of an external call to hci_dev_open from hci_sock.c are
different to that from within hci_core.c. In the former case we want to
flush any pending work in hdev->req_workqueue whereas in the latter we
don't (since there we are already calling from within the workqueue
itself). This patch does the necessary refactoring to a separate
hci_dev_do_open function (analogous to hci_dev_do_close) but does not
yet introduce the synchronizations relating to the workqueue usage.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth protocol and hardware is pretty much all little endian
and so when running sparse via "make C=2" for example, enable the
endian checks by default.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI User Channel operation is an admin operation that puts the
device into promiscuous mode for single use. It is more suitable
to require CAP_NET_ADMIN than CAP_NET_RAW.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When enabling or disabling high speed setting it is required to send
a new settings event to inform other management interface users about
the changed settings.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Hiding the Bluetooth high speed support behind a module parameter is
not really useful. This can be enabled and disabled at runtime via
the management interface. This also has the advantage that this can
now be changed per controller and not just global.
This patch removes the module parameter and exposes the high speed
setting of the management interface to all controllers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The controller type is limited to BR/EDR/LE and AMP controllers. This
can be easily encoded with just 2 bits and still leave enough room
for future controller types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new mgmt command for enabling and disabling
LE advertising. The command depends on the LE setting being enabled
first and will return a "rejected" response otherwise. The patch also
adds safeguards so that there will ever only be one set_le or
set_advertising command pending per adapter.
The response handling and new_settings event sending is done in an
asynchronous request callback, meaning raw HCI access from user space to
enable advertising (e.g. hciconfig leadv) will not trigger the
new_settings event. This is intentional since trying to support mixed
raw HCI and mgmt access would mean adding extra state tracking or new
helper functions, essentially negating the benefit of using the
asynchronous request framework. The HCI_LE_ENABLED and HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL
flags however are updated correctly even with raw HCI access so this
will not completely break subsequent access over mgmt.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds a new mgmt setting for LE advertising and hooks up the
necessary places in the mgmt code to operate on the HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL
flag (which corresponds to this setting). This patch does not yet add
any new command for enabling the setting - that is left for a subsequent
patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch updates the code to use an asynchronous request for handling
the enabling and disabling of LE support. This refactoring is necessary
as a preparation for adding advertising support, since when LE is
disabled we should also disable advertising, and the cleanest way to do
this is to perform the two respective HCI commands in the same
asynchronous request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The settings_rsp and cmd_status_rsp functions can be useful for all mgmt
command handlers when asynchronous request callbacks are used. They will
e.g. be used by subsequent patches to change set_le to use an async
request as well as a new set_advertising command. Therefore, move them
higher up in the mgmt.c file to avoid unnecessary forward declarations
or mixing this trivial change with other patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We should return a "busy" error always when there is another
mgmt_set_powered operation in progress. Previously when powering on
while the auto off timer was still set the code could have let two or
more pending power on commands to be queued. This patch fixes the issue
by moving the check for duplicate commands to an earlier point in the
set_powered handler.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch cleans up the locking login in l2cap_sock_recvmsg by pairing
up each lock_sock call with a release_sock call. The function already
has a "done" label that handles releasing the socket and returning from
the function so the fix is rather simple.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The bt_sock_wait_state requires the sk lock to be held (through
lock_sock) so document it clearly in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Convert 0 to false and 1 to true when assigning values to bool
variables. Inspired by commit 3db1cd5c05.
The simplified semantic patch that find this problem is as
follows (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/):
@@
bool b;
@@
(
-b = 0
+b = false
|
-b = 1
+b = true
)
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When the dlc is closed, rfcomm_dev_state_change() tries to release the
port in the case it cannot get a reference to the tty. However this is
racy and not even needed.
Infact as Peter Hurley points out:
1. Only consider dlcs that are 'stolen' from a connected socket, ie.
reused. Allocated dlcs cannot have been closed prior to port
activate and so for these dlcs a tty reference will always be avail
in rfcomm_dev_state_change() -- except for the conditions covered by
#2b below.
2. If a tty was at some point previously created for this rfcomm, then
either
(a) the tty reference is still avail, so rfcomm_dev_state_change()
will perform a hangup. So nothing to do, or,
(b) the tty reference is no longer avail, and the tty_port will be
destroyed by the last tty_port_put() in rfcomm_tty_cleanup.
Again, no action required.
3. Prior to obtaining the dlc lock in rfcomm_dev_add(),
rfcomm_dev_state_change() will not 'see' a rfcomm_dev so nothing to
do here.
4. After releasing the dlc lock in rfcomm_dev_add(),
rfcomm_dev_state_change() will 'see' an incomplete rfcomm_dev if a
tty reference could not be obtained. Again, the best thing to do here
is nothing. Any future attempted open() will block on
rfcomm_dev_carrier_raised(). The unconnected device will exist until
released by ioctl(RFCOMMRELEASEDEV).
The patch removes the aforementioned code and uses the
tty_port_tty_hangup() helper to hangup the tty.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
For those controller that support the HCI_Set_Event_Mask_Page_2 command
we should include it in the init sequence. This patch implements sending
of the command and enables the events in it based on supported features
(currently only CSB is checked).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for reading the synchronization train parameters
for controllers that support the feature. Since the feature is
detectable through the local features page 2, which is retreived only in
stage 3 of the HCI init sequence, there is no other option than to add a
fourth stage to the init sequence.
For now the patch doesn't yet add storing of the parameters, but it is
nevertheless convenient to have around to see what kind of parameters
various controllers use by default (analyzable e.g. with the btmon user
space tool).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In the case of blocking sockets we should not proceed with sendmsg() if
the socket has the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag set. So far the code was only
ensuring that POLLOUT doesn't get set for non-blocking sockets using
poll() but there was no code in place to ensure that blocking sockets do
the right thing when writing to them.
This patch adds a new bt_sock_wait_ready helper function to sleep in the
sendmsg call if the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag is set, and wake up as soon as it
is unset. It also updates the L2CAP and RFCOMM sendmsg callbacks to take
advantage of this new helper function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When we have an LE link we should not respond to any data on the BR/EDR
L2CAP signaling channel (0x0001) and vice-versa when we have a BR/EDR
link we should not respond to LE L2CAP (CID 0x0005) signaling commands.
This patch fixes this issue by checking for a valid link type and
ignores data if it is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When L2CAP packets return a non-zero error and the value is passed
onwards by l2cap_bredr_sig_cmd this will trigger a command reject packet
to be sent. However, the core specification (page 1416 in core 4.0) says
the following: "Command Reject packets should not be sent in response to
an identified Response packet.".
This patch ensures that a command reject packet is not sent for any
identified response packet by ignoring the error return value from the
response handler functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There are several possible reason codes that can be sent in the command
reject L2CAP packet. Before this patch the code has used a hard-coded
single response code ("command not understood"). This patch adds a
helper function to map the return value of an L2CAP handler function to
the correct command reject reason.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If we receive an L2CAP Disconnect Request for an unknown CID we should
not just silently drop it but reply with a proper Command Reject
response. This patch fixes this by ensuring that the disconnect handler
returns a proper error instead of 0 and will cause the function caller
to send the right response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The EFAULT error should only be used for memory address related errors
and ENOENT might be needed for other purposes than invalid CID errors.
This patch fixes the l2cap_config_req, l2cap_connect_create_rsp and
l2cap_create_channel_req handlers to use the unique EBADSLT error to
indicate failed lookups on a given CID.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When an L2CAP request handler returns non-zero the calling code will
send a command reject response. The l2cap_create_chan_req function will
in some cases send its own response but then still return a -EFAULT
error which would cause two responses to be sent. This patch fixes this
by making the function return 0 after sending its own response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We need to let the setup stage complete cleanly even when the HCI device
is rfkilled. Otherwise the HCI device will stay in an undefined state
and never get notified to user space through mgmt (even when it gets
unblocked through rfkill).
This patch makes sure that hci_dev_open() can be called in the HCI_SETUP
stage, that blocking the device doesn't abort the setup stage, and that
the device gets proper powered down as soon as the setup stage completes
in case it was blocked meanwhile.
The bug that this patch fixed can be very easily reproduced using e.g.
the rfkill command line too. By running "rfkill block all" before
inserting a Bluetooth dongle the resulting HCI device goes into a state
where it is never announced over mgmt, not even when "rfkill unblock all"
is run.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This makes it more convenient to check for rfkill (no need to check for
dev->rfkill before calling rfkill_blocked()) and also avoids potential
races if the RFKILL state needs to be checked from within the rfkill
callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch fixes the connection encryption key size information when
the host is playing the peripheral role. We should set conn->enc_key_
size in hci_le_ltk_request_evt, otherwise it is left uninitialized.
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
While playing the peripheral role, the host gets a LE Long Term Key
Request Event from the controller when a connection is established
with a bonded device. The host then informs the LTK which should be
used for the connection. Once the link is encrypted, the host gets
an Encryption Change Event.
Therefore we should set conn->pending_sec_level instead of conn->
sec_level in hci_le_ltk_request_evt. This way, conn->sec_level is
properly updated in hci_encrypt_change_evt.
Moreover, since we have a LTK associated to the device, we have at
least BT_SECURITY_MEDIUM security level.
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When the user channel is set and an user application has full control
over the device, do not bother trying to schedule any queues except
the raw queue.
This is an optimization since with user channel, only the raw queue
is in use.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no need to use GFP_ATOMIC with skb_clone() when the code is
executed in a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When the device has the user channel flag set, it means it is driven by
an user application. In that case do not allow any connections from
L2CAP or SCO sockets.
This is the same situation as when the device has the raw flag set and
it will then return EHOSTUNREACH.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introcuces a new HCI socket channel that allows user
applications to take control over a specific HCI device. The application
gains exclusive access to this device and forces the kernel to stay away
and not manage it. In case of the management interface it will actually
hide the device.
Such operation is useful for security testing tools that need to operate
underneath the Bluetooth stack and need full control over a device. The
advantage here is that the kernel still provides the service of hardware
abstraction and HCI level access. The use of Bluetooth drivers for
hardware access also means that sniffing tools like btmon or hcidump
are still working and the whole set of transaction can be traced with
existing tools.
With the new channel it is possible to send HCI commands, ACL and SCO
data packets and receive HCI events, ACL and SCO packets from the
device. The format follows the well established H:4 protocol.
The new HCI user channel can only be established when a device has been
through its setup routine and is currently powered down. This is
enforced to not cause any problems with current operations. In addition
only one user channel per HCI device is allowed. It is exclusive access
for one user application. Access to this channel is limited to process
with CAP_NET_RAW capability.
Using this new facility does not require any external library or special
ioctl or socket filters. Just create the socket and bind it. After that
the file descriptor is ready to speak H:4 protocol.
struct sockaddr_hci addr;
int fd;
fd = socket(AF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_RAW, BTPROTO_HCI);
memset(&addr, 0, sizeof(addr));
addr.hci_family = AF_BLUETOOTH;
addr.hci_dev = 0;
addr.hci_channel = HCI_CHANNEL_USER;
bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *) &addr, sizeof(addr));
The example shows on how to create a user channel for hci0 device. Error
handling has been left out of the example. However with the limitations
mentioned above it is advised to handle errors. Binding of the user
cahnnel socket can fail for various reasons. Specifically if the device
is currently activated by BlueZ or if the access permissions are not
present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces a new user channel flag that allows to give full
control of a HCI device to a user application. The kernel will stay away
from the device and does not allow any further modifications of the
device states.
The existing raw flag is not used since it has a bit of unclear meaning
due to its legacy. Using a new flag makes the code clearer.
A device with the user channel flag set can still be enumerate using the
legacy API, but it does not longer enumerate using the new management
interface used by BlueZ 5 and beyond. This is intentional to not confuse
users of modern systems.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The various legacy ioctls used with HCI sockets are limited to raw
channel only. They are not used on the other channels and also have
no meaning there. So return an error if tried to use them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The HCI sockets for monitor and control do not support any HCI specific
socket options and if tried, an error will be returned. However the
error used is EINVAL and that is not really descriptive. To make it
clear that these sockets are not handling HCI socket options, return
EBADFD instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Even if this is legacy API, there is no reason to not report a proper
error when trying to reset a HCI device that is down.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The hci_dev check is not protected and so move it into the socket lock. In
addition return the HCI channel identifier instead of always 0 channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The HCI sockets do not have a peer associated with it and so make sure
that getpeername() returns EOPNOTSUPP since this operation is actually
not supported on HCI sockets.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The handling of the raw socket filter is rather obscure code and it gets
in the way of future extensions. Instead of inline filtering in the raw
socket packet routine, refactor it into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Pull HID updates from Jiri Kosina:
"Highlights:
- conversion of HID subsystem to use devm-based resource management,
from Benjamin Tissoires
- i2c-hid support for DT bindings, from Benjamin Tissoires
- much improved support for Win8-multitouch devices, from Benjamin
Tissoires
- cleanup of core code using common hidinput_input_event(), from
David Herrmann
- fix for bug in implement() access to the bit stream (causing oops)
that has been present in the code for ages, but devices that are
able to trigger it have started to appear only now, from Jiri
Kosina
- fixes for CVE-2013-2899, CVE-2013-2898, CVE-2013-2896,
CVE-2013-2892, CVE-2013-2888 (all triggerable only by specially
crafted malicious HW devices plugged into the system), from Kees
Cook
- hidraw oops fix, from Manoj Chourasia
- various smaller fixes here and there, support for a bunch of new
devices by various contributors"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid: (53 commits)
HID: MAINTAINERS: add roccat drivers
HID: hid-sensor-hub: change kmalloc + memcpy by kmemdup
HID: hid-sensor-hub: move to devm_kzalloc
HID: hid-sensor-hub: fix indentation accross the code
HID: move HID_REPORT_TYPES closer to the report-definitions
HID: check for NULL field when setting values
HID: picolcd_core: validate output report details
HID: sensor-hub: validate feature report details
HID: ntrig: validate feature report details
HID: pantherlord: validate output report details
HID: hid-wiimote: print small buffers via %*phC
HID: uhid: improve uhid example client
HID: Correct the USB IDs for the new Macbook Air 6
HID: wiimote: add support for Guitar-Hero guitars
HID: wiimote: add support for Guitar-Hero drums
Input: introduce BTN/ABS bits for drums and guitars
HID: battery: don't do DMA from stack
HID: roccat: add support for KonePureOptical v2
HID: picolcd: Prevent NULL pointer dereference on _remove()
HID: usbhid: quirk for N-Trig DuoSense Touch Screen
...
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"Noteworthy changes this time around:
1) Multicast rejoin support for team driver, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Centralize and simplify TCP RTT measurement handling in order to
reduce the impact of bad RTO seeding from SYN/ACKs. Also, when
both timestamps and local RTT measurements are available prefer
the later because there are broken middleware devices which
scramble the timestamp.
From Yuchung Cheng.
3) Add TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option to limit the amount of kernel
memory consumed to queue up unsend user data. From Eric Dumazet.
4) Add a "physical port ID" abstraction for network devices, from
Jiri Pirko.
5) Add a "suppress" operation to influence fib_rules lookups, from
Stefan Tomanek.
6) Add a networking development FAQ, from Paul Gortmaker.
7) Extend the information provided by tcp_probe and add ipv6 support,
from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Use RCU locking more extensively in openvswitch data paths, from
Pravin B Shelar.
9) Add SCTP support to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
10) Add EF10 chip support to SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
11) Add new SYNPROXY netfilter target, from Patrick McHardy.
12) Compute a rate approximation for sending in TCP sockets, and use
this to more intelligently coalesce TSO frames. Furthermore, add
a new packet scheduler which takes advantage of this estimate when
available. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Allow AF_PACKET fanouts with random selection, from Daniel
Borkmann.
14) Add ipv6 support to vxlan driver, from Cong Wang"
Resolved conflicts as per discussion.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1218 commits)
openvswitch: Fix alignment of struct sw_flow_key.
netfilter: Fix build errors with xt_socket.c
tcp: Add missing braces to do_tcp_setsockopt
caif: Add missing braces to multiline if in cfctrl_linkup_request
bnx2x: Add missing braces in bnx2x:bnx2x_link_initialize
vxlan: Fix kernel panic on device delete.
net: mvneta: implement ->ndo_do_ioctl() to support PHY ioctls
net: mvneta: properly disable HW PHY polling and ensure adjust_link() works
icplus: Use netif_running to determine device state
ethernet/arc/arc_emac: Fix huge delays in large file copies
tuntap: orphan frags before trying to set tx timestamp
tuntap: purge socket error queue on detach
qlcnic: use standard NAPI weights
ipv6:introduce function to find route for redirect
bnx2x: VF RSS support - VF side
bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side
vxlan: Notify drivers for listening UDP port changes
net: usbnet: update addr_assign_type if appropriate
driver/net: enic: update enic maintainers and driver
driver/net: enic: Exposing symbols for Cisco's low latency driver
...
up with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO(), and replacing or fixing all the usages.
This has been sitting in linux-next for a whole cycle.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=LeaW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'PTR_RET-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull PTR_RET() removal patches from Rusty Russell:
"PTR_RET() is a weird name, and led to some confusing usage. We ended
up with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO(), and replacing or fixing all the usages.
This has been sitting in linux-next for a whole cycle"
[ There are still some PTR_RET users scattered about, with some of them
possibly being new, but most of them existing in Rusty's tree too. We
have that
#define PTR_RET(p) PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO(p)
thing in <linux/err.h>, so they continue to work for now - Linus ]
* tag 'PTR_RET-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux:
GFS2: Replace PTR_RET with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
Btrfs: volume: Replace PTR_RET with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
drm/cma: Replace PTR_RET with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
sh_veu: Replace PTR_RET with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
dma-buf: Replace PTR_RET with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
drivers/rtc: Replace PTR_RET with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
mm/oom_kill: remove weird use of ERR_PTR()/PTR_ERR().
staging/zcache: don't use PTR_RET().
remoteproc: don't use PTR_RET().
pinctrl: don't use PTR_RET().
acpi: Replace weird use of PTR_RET.
s390: Replace weird use of PTR_RET.
PTR_RET is now PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO(): Replace most.
PTR_RET is now PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
Sync with Linus' tree to be able to apply fixup patch on top
of 9d9a04ee75 ("HID: apple: Add support for the 2013 Macbook Air")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
When initiating a transparent eSCO connection, make use of T2 settings
at first try. T2 is the recommended settings from HFP 1.6 WideBand
Speech. Upon connection failure, try T1 settings.
When CVSD is requested and eSCO is supported, try to establish eSCO
connection using S3 settings. If it fails, fallback in sequence to S2,
S1, D1, D0 settings.
To know which setting should be used, conn->attempt is used. It
indicates the currently ongoing SCO connection attempt and can be used
as the index for the fallback settings table.
These setting and the fallback order are described in Bluetooth HFP 1.6
specification p. 101.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Older Bluetooth devices may not support Setup Synchronous Connection or
SCO transparent data. This is indicated by the corresponding LMP feature
bits. It is not possible to know if the adapter support these features
before setting BT_VOICE option since the socket is not bound to an
adapter. An adapter can also be added after the socket is created. The
socket can be bound to an address before adapter is plugged in.
Thus, on a such adapters, if user request BT_VOICE_TRANSPARENT, outgoing
connections fail on connect() and returns -EOPNOTSUPP. Incoming
connections do not fail. However, they should only be allowed depending
on what was specified in Write_Voice_Settings command.
EOPNOTSUPP is choosen because connect() system call is failing after
selecting route but before any connection attempt.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to establish a transparent SCO connection, the correct settings
must be specified in the Setup Synchronous Connection request. For that,
a setting field is added to ACL connection data to set up the desired
parameters. The patch also removes usage of hdev->voice_setting in CVSD
connection and makes use of T2 parameters for transparent data.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When an incoming eSCO connection is requested, check the selected voice
setting and reply appropriately. Voice setting should have been
negotiated previously. For example, in case of HFP, the codec is
negotiated using AT commands on the RFCOMM channel. This patch only
changes replies for socket with deferred setup enabled.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch extends the current Bluetooth socket options with BT_VOICE.
This is intended to choose voice data type at runtime. It only applies
to SCO sockets. Incoming connections shall be setup during deferred
setup. Outgoing connections shall be setup before connect(). The desired
setting is stored in the SCO socket info. This patch declares needed
members, modifies getsockopt() and setsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
From Bluetooth Core v4.0 specification, 7.1.8 Accept Connection Request
Command "When accepting synchronous connection request, the Role
parameter is not used and will be ignored by the BR/EDR Controller."
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_connect is a super function for connecting hci protocols. But the
voice_setting parameter (introduced in subsequent patches) is only
needed by SCO and security requirements are not needed for SCO channels.
Thus, it makes sense to have a separate function for SCO.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In rfcomm_tty_cleanup we purge the dlc->tx_queue which may contain
socket buffers referencing the tty_port and thus preventing the tty_port
destruction.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The tty_port can be released in two cases: when we get a HUP in the
functions rfcomm_tty_hangup() and rfcomm_dev_state_change(). Or when the
user releases the device in rfcomm_release_dev().
In these cases we set the flag RFCOMM_TTY_RELEASED so that no other
function can get a reference to the tty_port.
The use of !test_and_set_bit(RFCOMM_TTY_RELEASED) ensures that the
'initial' tty_port reference is only dropped once.
The rfcomm_dev_del function is removed becase it isn't used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Implement .activate, .shutdown and .carrier_raised methods of tty_port
to manage the dlc, moving the code from rfcomm_tty_install() and
rfcomm_tty_cleanup() functions.
At the same time the tty .open()/.close() and .hangup() methods are
changed to use the tty_port helpers that properly call the
aforementioned tty_port methods.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Move the tty_struct initialization from rfcomm_tty_open() to
rfcomm_tty_install() and do the same for the cleanup moving the code from
rfcomm_tty_close() to rfcomm_tty_cleanup().
Add also extra error handling in rfcomm_tty_install() because, unlike
.open()/.close(), .cleanup() is not called if .install() fails.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The current code removes the device from the device list in several
places. Do it only in the destructor instead and in the error path of
rfcomm_add_dev() if the device couldn't be initialized.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c the struct tty_struct is used without
taking references. This may lead to a use-after-free of the rfcomm tty.
Fix this by taking references properly, using the tty_port_* helpers
when possible.
The raw assignments of dev->port.tty in rfcomm_tty_open/close are
addressed in the later commit 'rfcomm: Implement .activate, .shutdown
and .carrier_raised methods'.
Signed-off-by: Gianluca Anzolin <gianluca@sottospazio.it>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In case of a Low Energy only controller it makes no sense to configure
the full BR/EDR event mask. It will just enable events that can not be
send anyway and there is no guarantee that such a controller will accept
this value.
Use event mask 0x90 0xe8 0x04 0x02 0x00 0x80 0x00 0x20 for LE-only
controllers which enables the following events:
Disconnection Complete
Encryption Change
Read Remote Version Information Complete
Command Complete
Command Status
Hardware Error
Number of Completed Packets
Data Buffer Overflow
Encryption Key Refresh Complete
LE Meta
This is according to Core Specification, Part E, Section 3.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When a socket is in deferred state there does actually exist an
underlying connection even though the connection state is not yet
BT_CONNECTED. In the deferred state it should therefore be allowed to
get socket options that usually depend on a connection, such as
SCO_OPTIONS and SCO_CONNINFO.
This patch fixes the behavior of some user space code that behaves as
follows without it:
$ sudo tools/btiotest -i 00:1B:DC:xx:xx:xx -d -s
accept=2 reject=-1 discon=-1 defer=1 sec=0 update_sec=0 prio=0 voice=0x0000
Listening for SCO connections
bt_io_get(OPT_DEST): getsockopt(SCO_OPTIONS): Transport endpoint is not connected (107)
Accepting connection
Successfully connected to 60:D8:19:xx:xx:xx. handle=43, class=000000
The conditions that the patch updates the if-statements to is taken from
similar code in l2cap_sock.c which correctly handles the deferred state.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In certain circumstances, such as an HCI driver using __hci_cmd_sync_ev
with HCI_EV_CMD_COMPLETE as the expected completion event there is the
chance that hci_event_packet will call hci_req_cmd_complete twice (once
for the explicitly looked after event and another time in the actual
handler of cmd_complete).
In the case of __hci_cmd_sync_ev this introduces a race where the first
call wakes up the blocking __hci_cmd_sync_ev and lets it complete.
However, by the time that a second __hci_cmd_sync_ev call is already in
progress the second hci_req_cmd_complete call (from the previous
operation) will wake up the blocking function prematurely and cause it
to fail, as witnessed by the following log:
[ 639.232195] hci_rx_work: hci0 Event packet
[ 639.232201] hci_req_cmd_complete: opcode 0xfc8e status 0x00
[ 639.232205] hci_sent_cmd_data: hci0 opcode 0xfc8e
[ 639.232210] hci_req_sync_complete: hci0 result 0x00
[ 639.232220] hci_cmd_complete_evt: hci0 opcode 0xfc8e
[ 639.232225] hci_req_cmd_complete: opcode 0xfc8e status 0x00
[ 639.232228] __hci_cmd_sync_ev: hci0 end: err 0
[ 639.232234] __hci_cmd_sync_ev: hci0
[ 639.232238] hci_req_add_ev: hci0 opcode 0xfc8e plen 250
[ 639.232242] hci_prepare_cmd: skb len 253
[ 639.232246] hci_req_run: length 1
[ 639.232250] hci_sent_cmd_data: hci0 opcode 0xfc8e
[ 639.232255] hci_req_sync_complete: hci0 result 0x00
[ 639.232266] hci_cmd_work: hci0 cmd_cnt 1 cmd queued 1
[ 639.232271] __hci_cmd_sync_ev: hci0 end: err 0
[ 639.232276] Bluetooth: hci0 sending Intel patch command (0xfc8e) failed (-61)
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
None of the BlueFRITZ! devices with manufacurer ID 31 (AVM Berlin)
support HCI_Read_Local_Supported_Commands. It is safe to use the
manufacturer ID (instead of e.g. a USB ID specific quirk) because the
company never created any newer controllers.
< HCI Command: Read Local Supported Comm.. (0x04|0x0002) plen 0 [hci0] 0.210014
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4 [hci0] 0.217361
Read Local Supported Commands (0x04|0x0002) ncmd 1
Status: Unknown HCI Command (0x01)
Reported-by: Jörg Esser <jackfritt@boh.de>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jörg Esser <jackfritt@boh.de>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If hci_dev_open() is called after hci_register_dev() added the device to
the hci_dev_list but before the workqueue are created we could run into a
NULL pointer dereference (see below).
This bug is very unlikely to happen, systems using bluetoothd to
manage their bluetooth devices will never see this happen.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference
0100
IP: [<ffffffff81077502>] __queue_work+0x32/0x3d0
(...)
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81077be5>] queue_work_on+0x45/0x50
[<ffffffffa016e8ff>] hci_req_run+0xbf/0xf0 [bluetooth]
[<ffffffffa01709b0>] ? hci_init2_req+0x720/0x720 [bluetooth]
[<ffffffffa016ea06>] __hci_req_sync+0xd6/0x1c0 [bluetooth]
[<ffffffff8108ee10>] ? try_to_wake_up+0x2b0/0x2b0
[<ffffffff8150e3f0>] ? usb_autopm_put_interface+0x30/0x40
[<ffffffffa016fad5>] hci_dev_open+0x275/0x2e0 [bluetooth]
[<ffffffffa0182752>] hci_sock_ioctl+0x1f2/0x3f0 [bluetooth]
[<ffffffff815c6050>] sock_do_ioctl+0x30/0x70
[<ffffffff815c75f9>] sock_ioctl+0x79/0x2f0
[<ffffffff811a8046>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x96/0x560
[<ffffffff811a85a1>] SyS_ioctl+0x91/0xb0
[<ffffffff816d989d>] system_call_fastpath+0x1a/0x1f
Reported-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The length check is invalid since the length varies with type of
info response.
This was introduced by the commit cb3b3152b2
Because of this, l2cap info rsp is not handled and command reject is sent.
> ACL data: handle 11 flags 0x02 dlen 16
L2CAP(s): Info rsp: type 2 result 0
Extended feature mask 0x00b8
Enhanced Retransmission mode
Streaming mode
FCS Option
Fixed Channels
< ACL data: handle 11 flags 0x00 dlen 10
L2CAP(s): Command rej: reason 0
Command not understood
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Chan-Yeol Park <chanyeol.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The USB hid implementation does retrieve the reports during the start.
However, this implementation does not call the HID command GET_REPORT
(which would fetch the current status of each report), but use the
DATA command, which is an Output Report (so transmitting data from the
host to the device).
The Wiimote controller is already guarded against this problem in the
protocol, but it is not conformant to the specification to set all the
reports to 0 on start.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We can re-enable hidinput_input_event to allow the leds of bluetooth
keyboards to be set.
Now the callbacks uses hid core to retrieve the right HID report to
send, so this version is safer.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Replace the occurrences of integer literals in hci_event.c with the
newly introduced macros in hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Make the code in hci_get_auth_req() more readable by using the
defined macros instead of inlining magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Timo Mueller <timo.mueller@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
27ce4050 ("HID: fix data access in implement()") by mistake removed
a setting of buffer size in hidp. Fix that by putting it back.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
implement() is setting bytes in LE data stream. In case the data is not
aligned to 64bits, it reads past the allocated buffer. It doesn't really
change any value there (it's properly bitmasked), but in case that this
read past the boundary hits a page boundary, pagefault happens when
accessing 64bits of 'x' in implement(), and kernel oopses.
This happens much more often when numbered reports are in use, as the
initial 8bit skip in the buffer makes the whole process work on values
which are not aligned to 64bits.
This problem dates back to attempts in 2005 and 2006 to make implement()
and extract() as generic as possible, and even back then the problem
was realized by Adam Kroperlin, but falsely assumed to be impossible
to cause any harm:
http://www.mail-archive.com/linux-usb-devel@lists.sourceforge.net/msg47690.html
I have made several attempts at fixing it "on the spot" directly in
implement(), but the results were horrible; the special casing for processing
last 64bit chunk and switching to different math makes it unreadable mess.
I therefore took a path to allocate a few bytes more which will never make
it into final report, but are there as a cushion for all the 64bit math
operations happening in implement() and extract().
All callers of hid_output_report() are converted at the same time to allocate
the buffer by newly introduced hid_alloc_report_buf() helper.
Bruno noticed that the whole raw_size test can be dropped as well, as
hid_alloc_report_buf() makes sure that the buffer is always of a proper
size.
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"This is a re-do of the net-next pull request for the current merge
window. The only difference from the one I made the other day is that
this has Eliezer's interface renames and the timeout handling changes
made based upon your feedback, as well as a few bug fixes that have
trickeled in.
Highlights:
1) Low latency device polling, eliminating the cost of interrupt
handling and context switches. Allows direct polling of a network
device from socket operations, such as recvmsg() and poll().
Currently ixgbe, mlx4, and bnx2x support this feature.
Full high level description, performance numbers, and design in
commit 0a4db187a9 ("Merge branch 'll_poll'")
From Eliezer Tamir.
2) With the routing cache removed, ip_check_mc_rcu() gets exercised
more than ever before in the case where we have lots of multicast
addresses. Use a hash table instead of a simple linked list, from
Eric Dumazet.
3) Add driver for Atheros CQA98xx 802.11ac wireless devices, from
Bartosz Markowski, Janusz Dziedzic, Kalle Valo, Marek Kwaczynski,
Marek Puzyniak, Michal Kazior, and Sujith Manoharan.
4) Support reporting the TUN device persist flag to userspace, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
5) Allow controlling network device VF link state using netlink, from
Rony Efraim.
6) Support GRE tunneling in openvswitch, from Pravin B Shelar.
7) Adjust SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF and SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF for modern times, from
Daniel Borkmann and Eric Dumazet.
8) Allow controlling of TCP quickack behavior on a per-route basis,
from Cong Wang.
9) Several bug fixes and improvements to vxlan from Stephen
Hemminger, Pravin B Shelar, and Mike Rapoport. In particular,
support receiving on multiple UDP ports.
10) Major cleanups, particular in the area of debugging and cookie
lifetime handline, to the SCTP protocol code. From Daniel
Borkmann.
11) Allow packets to cross network namespaces when traversing tunnel
devices. From Nicolas Dichtel.
12) Allow monitoring netlink traffic via AF_PACKET sockets, in a
manner akin to how we monitor real network traffic via ptype_all.
From Daniel Borkmann.
13) Several bug fixes and improvements for the new alx device driver,
from Johannes Berg.
14) Fix scalability issues in the netem packet scheduler's time queue,
by using an rbtree. From Eric Dumazet.
15) Several bug fixes in TCP loss recovery handling, from Yuchung
Cheng.
16) Add support for GSO segmentation of MPLS packets, from Simon
Horman.
17) Make network notifiers have a real data type for the opaque
pointer that's passed into them. Use this to properly handle
network device flag changes in arp_netdev_event(). From Jiri
Pirko and Timo Teräs.
18) Convert several drivers over to module_pci_driver(), from Peter
Huewe.
19) tcp_fixup_rcvbuf() can loop 500 times over loopback, just use a
O(1) calculation instead. From Eric Dumazet.
20) Support setting of explicit tunnel peer addresses in ipv6, just
like ipv4. From Nicolas Dichtel.
21) Protect x86 BPF JIT against spraying attacks, from Eric Dumazet.
22) Prevent a single high rate flow from overruning an individual cpu
during RX packet processing via selective flow shedding. From
Willem de Bruijn.
23) Don't use spinlocks in TCP md5 signing fast paths, from Eric
Dumazet.
24) Don't just drop GSO packets which are above the TBF scheduler's
burst limit, chop them up so they are in-bounds instead. Also
from Eric Dumazet.
25) VLAN offloads are missed when configured on top of a bridge, fix
from Vlad Yasevich.
26) Support IPV6 in ping sockets. From Lorenzo Colitti.
27) Receive flow steering targets should be updated at poll() time
too, from David Majnemer.
28) Fix several corner case regressions in PMTU/redirect handling due
to the routing cache removal, from Timo Teräs.
29) We have to be mindful of ipv4 mapped ipv6 sockets in
upd_v6_push_pending_frames(). From Hannes Frederic Sowa.
30) Fix L2TP sequence number handling bugs, from James Chapman."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1214 commits)
drivers/net: caif: fix wrong rtnl_is_locked() usage
drivers/net: enic: release rtnl_lock on error-path
vhost-net: fix use-after-free in vhost_net_flush
net: mv643xx_eth: do not use port number as platform device id
net: sctp: confirm route during forward progress
virtio_net: fix race in RX VQ processing
virtio: support unlocked queue poll
net/cadence/macb: fix bug/typo in extracting gem_irq_read_clear bit
Documentation: Fix references to defunct linux-net@vger.kernel.org
net/fs: change busy poll time accounting
net: rename low latency sockets functions to busy poll
bridge: fix some kernel warning in multicast timer
sfc: Fix memory leak when discarding scattered packets
sit: fix tunnel update via netlink
dt:net:stmmac: Add dt specific phy reset callback support.
dt:net:stmmac: Add support to dwmac version 3.610 and 3.710
dt:net:stmmac: Allocate platform data only if its NULL.
net:stmmac: fix memleak in the open method
ipv6: rt6_check_neigh should successfully verify neigh if no NUD information are available
net: ipv6: fix wrong ping_v6_sendmsg return value
...
Pull HID updates from Jiri Kosina:
- HID battery handling cleanup by David Herrmann
- ELO 4000/4500 driver, which has been finally ported to be proper HID
driver by Jiri Slaby
- ps3remote driver functionality is now provided by generic sony
driver, by Jiri Kosina
- PS2/3 Buzz controllers support, by Colin Leitner
- rework of wiimote driver including full extensions hotpluggin
support, sub-device modularization and speaker support by David
Herrmann
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid: (55 commits)
HID: wacom: Intuos4 battery charging changes
HID: i2c-hid: support sending HID output reports using the output register
HID: kye: Add report fixup for Genius Gila Gaming mouse
HID: wiimote: support Nintendo Wii U Pro Controller
Input: make gamepad API keycodes more clear
input: document gamepad API and add extra keycodes
HID: explain out-of-range check better
HID: fix false positive out of range values
HID: wiimote: fix coccinelle warnings
HID: roccat: check cdev_add return value
HID: fold ps3remote driver into generic Sony driver
HID: hyperv: convert alloc+memcpy to memdup
HID: core: fix reporting of raw events
HID: wiimote: discard invalid EXT data reports
HID: wiimote: fix classic controller parsing
HID: wiimote: init EXT/MP during device detection
HID: wiimote: fix DRM debug-attr to correctly parse input
HID: wiimote: add MP quirks
HID: wiimote: remove old static extension support
HID: wiimote: add "bboard_calib" attribute
...
For the workqueue creation interfaces that do not expect format strings,
make sure they cannot accidently be parsed that way. Additionally, clean
up calls made with a single parameter that would be handled as a format
string. Many callers are passing potentially dynamic string content, so
use "%s" in those cases to avoid any potential accidents.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some Bluetooth controllers doesn't support this command so we first
need to check for its support before sending it. This patch adds a
lengthful commentary about this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The length check is invalid since the length varies with type of
info response.
This was introduced by the commit cb3b3152b2
Because of this, l2cap info rsp is not handled and command reject is sent.
> ACL data: handle 11 flags 0x02 dlen 16
L2CAP(s): Info rsp: type 2 result 0
Extended feature mask 0x00b8
Enhanced Retransmission mode
Streaming mode
FCS Option
Fixed Channels
< ACL data: handle 11 flags 0x00 dlen 10
L2CAP(s): Command rej: reason 0
Command not understood
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Chan-Yeol Park <chanyeol.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
For NULL terminated string, need always let it ended by zero.
Since have already called memcpy() to initialize 'ci', so need not
redundant initialization.
Better use ''if(session->hid) {} else if(session->input) {}"" instead
of ''if(session->hid) {}; if(session->input) {};''
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen@asianux.com>
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Remove HCI_LINK_KEYS flag since using HCI_MGMT is enough for test that
user space expects the kernel managing link keys.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Use HCI_MGMT flag instead of HCI_LINK_KEYS flag. There is a problem with
HCI_LINK_KEYS flag since it is set only when link keys are loaded. Otherwise
kernel assumes that old interface is used.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We only want to send Mgmt Device Found Events if we are running the
Device Discovery procedure (started by the MGMT Start Discovery
Command). Inquiry or LE scanning triggered by HCI raw interface (e.g.
hcitool) or kernel internals should not send Mgmt Device Found Events.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the hci_cc_le_set_scan_param event handler. This
handler became empty because failures of this event are now handled
by start_discovery_complete function in mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes hci_do_inquiry and hci_cancel_inquiry helpers. We
now use the HCI request framework in device discovery functionality
and these helpers are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the LE scan helpers hci_le_scan and hci_cancel_
le_scan and all code related to it. We now use the HCI request
framework in device discovery functionality and these helpers are
no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch does a trivial refactoring in hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable.
Since start and stop discovery command failures are now handled in
mgmt layer, the status check became empty. So, we can move it to
outside the switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_stop_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_stop_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since all mgmt stop discovery command complete events are now handled
in stop_discovery_complete callback in mgmt.c, we can remove this
handling from hci_event.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch modifies the stop_discovery function so it uses the HCI
request framework.
The HCI request is built according to the current discovery state
(inquiry, LE scanning or name resolving) and a complete callback is
register to handle the command complete event for the stop discovery
command. This way, we move all stop_discovery mgmt handling code
spread in hci_event.c to a single place in mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to have a better HCI error handling in interleaved discovery
functionality, we should use the HCI request framework.
This patch updates le_scan_disable_work function so it uses the
HCI request framework instead of the hci_send_cmd helper. A complete
callback is registered (le_scan_disable_work_complete function) so we
are able to trigger the inquiry procedure (if we are running the
interleaved discovery) or to stop the discovery procedure (if we are
running LE-only discovery).
This patch also removes the extra logic in hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable
to trigger the inquiry procedure and the mgmt_interleaved_discovery
function since they become useless.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some of discovery macros will be used in hci_core so we need to
define them in common place such as hci_core.h. Thus, this patch
moves discovery macros to hci_core.h and also adds the DISCOV_
prefix to them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_start_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_start_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since all mgmt start discovery command complete events are now handled
in start_discovery_complete callback in mgmt.c, we can remove this
handling from hci_event.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch modifies the start_discovery function so it uses the HCI
request framework.
We build the HCI request according to the discovery type (add inquiry
or LE scan HCI commands) and run the HCI request. We also register
the start_discovery_complete callback which handles mgmt command
complete events for this command. This way, we move all start_
discovery mgmt handling code spread in hci_event.c to a single place
in mgmt.c.
This patch also merges the LE-only and interleaved discovery type
cases since these cases are pretty much the same now.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to use HCI request framework in start_discovery, we'll need
to call inquiry_cache_flush in mgmt.c. Therefore, this patch adds the
hci_ prefix to inquiry_cache_flush and makes it non-static.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The LE ATT server socket needs to be superseded by any ATT client
sockets. Previously this was done by looking at the hcon->out variable
(indicating whether the connection is outgoing or incoming) which is a
too crude way of determining whether the server socket needs to be
picked or not (an outgoing connection doesn't necessarily mean that an
ATT client socket has triggered it).
This patch extends the ATT server socket lookup function
(l2cap_le_conn_ready) to be used for all LE connections (regardless of
the hcon->out value) and adds an internal check into the function for
the existence of any ATT client sockets (in which case the server socket
should be skipped). For this to work reliably all lookups must be done
while the l2cap_conn->chan_lock is held, meaning also that the call to
l2cap_chan_add needs to be changed to its lockless __l2cap_chan_add
counterpart.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There's no need to reset disc_timeout in l2cap_le_conn_ready since
HCI_DISCONN_TIMEOUT is the default when the hci_conn is created and
there should be no way for it to get changed between creation and
l2cap_le_conn_ready being called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The L2CAP code has been incrementing the hci_conn reference for each
l2cap_chan instance in the l2cap_conn list. Likewise, the reference is
dropped each time an l2cap_chan is removed from the list. The reference
counting policy with respect to removal has been clear and explicit in
the l2cap_chan_del function, however for addition the function
calling 2cap_chan_add has always had to do a separate hci_conn_hold
call.
What made the counting even more hard to follow is that the
hci_connect() procedure increments the reference and the L2CAP layer
making this call took advantage of it to use it as its own reference.
This patch aims to clarify things by having the call to hci_conn_hold
inside __l2cap_chan_add, thereby removing the need to do it in the
functions calling __l2cap_chan_add. The reference count for hci_connect
is still kept as it's necessary for users such as mgmt_pair_device,
however for the L2CAP layer it means that an extra call to hci_conn_drop
must be performed once l2cap_chan_add has been done.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In l2cap_att_channel() we're only interested in the BT_CONNECTED state
so this state can directly be passed to l2cap_global_chan_by_scid().
This way there's no need to do any additional state check later.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The sk variable is of quite little use since it's only used to simplify
access in the two bt_sk() calls.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In l2cap_le_conn_ready() after doing l2cap_chann_add() the LE channel is
part of the list which is subsequently iterated in l2cap_conn_ready() in
this loop each channel will get l2cap_chan_ready() called which would
result in trying to set the channel two times into BT_CONNECTED state.
Instead it makes sense to just add the channel but not call chan_ready
in l2cap_le_conn_ready, which is what this patch does.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is an extra call to smp_conn_security() for outgoing LE
connections from l2cap_conn_ready() but the reason for this call is far
from clear. After a bit of commit history research and using git blame I
found out that this extra call is for socket-less pairing processes
added by commit 160dc6ac1. This patch adds a clarifying comment to the
code for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since in the future more than the ATT CID may be permissible we should
not be hardcoding it for all LE connections in __l2cap_chan_add().
Instead, the source ATT CID should only be set if the destination is
also ATT, and in other cases we should just use the existing dynamic CID
allocation function.
Assigning scid based on dcid means that whenever __l2cap_chan_add() is
called that chan->dcid is properly initialized. l2cap_le_conn_ready()
wasn't initializing is properly so this is also taken care of in this
patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The current test in l2cap_chan_connect is intended to protect against
multiple conflicting connect attempts. However, it assumes that there
will ever only be a single CID that is connected to, which is not true.
We do need to check for conflicts with connect attempts to the same
destination CID but this check is not in anyway specific to LE but can
be applied to BR/EDR as well.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The choice between LE and BR/EDR should be made on the destination
address type instead of the destination CID. This is particularly
important when in the future more than one CID will be allowed for LE.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In future Core Specification versions the ATT CID will be just one of
many possible CIDs that can be used for data transfer. Therefore, it
makes sense to rename the define for the ATT CID to something less
ambigous.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The LE L2CAP signalling channel follows its own rules and will continue
to evolve independently from the BR/EDR signalling channel. Therefore,
it makes sense to have a clear split from BR/EDR by having a dedicated
function for handling LE signalling commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Even though the HCI_Delete_Stored_Link_Key command is mandatory for 1.1
and later controllers some controllers do not seem to support it
properly as was witnessed by one Broadcom based controller:
< HCI Command: Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) plen 7
bdaddr 00:00:00:00:00:00 all 1
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) ncmd 1
status 0x11 deleted 0
Error: Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value
Luckily this same controller also doesn't list the command in its
supported commands bit mask (counting from 0 bit 7 of octet 6):
< HCI Command: Read Local Supported Commands (0x04|0x0002) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 68
Read Local Supported Commands (0x04|0x0002) ncmd 1
status 0x00
Commands: ffffffffffff1ffffffffffff30fffff3f
Therefore, it makes sense to move sending of HCI_Delete_Stored_Link_Key
to after receiving the supported commands response and to only send it
if its respective bit in the mask is set. The downside of this is that
we no longer send the HCI_Delete_Stored_Link_Key command for Bluetooth
1.1 controllers since HCI_Read_Local_Supported_Command was introduced in
version 1.2, but this is an acceptable penalty as the command in
question shouldn't affect critical behavior.
Reported-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If hci_dev_open fails we need to ensure that the corresponding
mgmt_set_powered command gets an appropriate response. This patch fixes
the missing response by adding a new mgmt_set_powered_failed function
that's used to indicate a power on failure to mgmt. Since a situation
with the device being rfkilled may require special handling in user
space the patch uses a new dedicated mgmt status code for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There has been code in place to check that the L2CAP length header
matches the amount of data received, but many PDU handlers have not been
checking that the data received actually matches that expected by the
specific PDU. This patch adds passing the length header to the specific
handler functions and ensures that those functions fail cleanly in the
case of an incorrect amount of data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
LE-only controllers do not support extended features so any kind of host
feature bit checks do not make sense for them. This patch fixes code
used for both single-mode (LE-only) and dual-mode (BR/EDR/LE) to use the
HCI_LE_ENABLED flag instead of the "Host LE supported" feature bit for
LE support tests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While l2cap_user callbacks are running, the whole hci_dev is locked. Even
if we would add more fine-grained locking to HCI core, it would still be
called from the non-reentrant rx work-queue and thus block the event
processing.
However, if we want to perform synchronous I/O during HID device
registration (eg., to perform device-detection), we need the HCI core
to be able to dispatch incoming data.
Therefore, we now move device-registration to a separate worker. The HCI
core can continue running and we add devices asynchronously in another
kernel thread. Device removal is synchronized and waits for the worker
to exit before calling the usual device removal functions.
If l2cap_user->remove is called before the thread registered the devices,
we set "terminate" to true and the thread will skip it. If
l2cap_user->remove is called after it, we notice this as the device
is no longer in HIDP_SESSION_PREPARING state and simply unregister the
device as we did before.
There is no new deadlock as we now call hidp_session_add_dev() with
one lock less held (the HCI lock) and it cannot itself call back into
HCI as it was called with the HCI-lock held before.
One might wonder whether this can block during device unregistration.
But we set "terminate" to true and wake the HIDP thread up _before_
unregistering the HID/input devices. Therefore, all pending HID I/O
operations are canceled. All further I/O attempts will fail with ENODEV
or EIO. So all latency we can get are few context-switches, but no
timeouts or blocking I/O waits!
This change also prepares for a long standing HID bug. All HID devices
that register power_supply devices need to be able to handle callbacks
during registration (a power_supply oddity that cannot easily be fixed).
So with this patch available, we can allow HID I/O during registration
by calling the recently introduced hid_device_io_start/stop helpers,
which currently are a no-op for bluetooth due to this locking.
Note that we cannot do the same for input devices. input-core doesn't
allow us to call input_event() asynchronously to input_register_device(),
which HID-core kindly allows (for good reasons).
Fixing input-core to allow this isn't as easy as it sounds and is,
beside simplifying HIDP, not really an improvement. Hence, we still
register input devices synchronously as we did before. Only HID devices
are registered asynchronously.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Tested-by: Daniel Nicoletti <dantti12@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Pull VFS updates from Al Viro,
Misc cleanups all over the place, mainly wrt /proc interfaces (switch
create_proc_entry to proc_create(), get rid of the deprecated
create_proc_read_entry() in favor of using proc_create_data() and
seq_file etc).
7kloc removed.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (204 commits)
don't bother with deferred freeing of fdtables
proc: Move non-public stuff from linux/proc_fs.h to fs/proc/internal.h
proc: Make the PROC_I() and PDE() macros internal to procfs
proc: Supply a function to remove a proc entry by PDE
take cgroup_open() and cpuset_open() to fs/proc/base.c
ppc: Clean up scanlog
ppc: Clean up rtas_flash driver somewhat
hostap: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use minor->index to label things, not PDE->name
drm: Constify drm_proc_list[]
zoran: Don't print proc_dir_entry data in debug
reiserfs: Don't access the proc_dir_entry in r_open(), r_start() r_show()
proc: Supply an accessor for getting the data from a PDE's parent
airo: Use remove_proc_subtree()
rtl8192u: Don't need to save device proc dir PDE
rtl8187se: Use a dir under /proc/net/r8180/
proc: Add proc_mkdir_data()
proc: Move some bits from linux/proc_fs.h to linux/{of.h,signal.h,tty.h}
proc: Move PDE_NET() to fs/proc/proc_net.c
...
The CID is fixed to L2CAP ATT channel and so there is no need to hand it
down to the handling function. Just use a constant instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There are new sparse warnings show up in
tree: git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next master
head: a0b644b0385fa58ca578f6dce4473e8a8e6f6c38
commit: 75e84b7c52 Bluetooth: Add __hci_cmd_sync() helper function
date: 13 days ago
>> net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:82:16: sparse: symbol 'hci_get_cmd_complete' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The Bluetooth Core Specification (4.0) defines the Write LE Host
Supported HCI command as only available for controllers supporting
BR/EDR. This is further reflected in the Read Local Extended Features
HCI command also not being available for LE-only controllers. In other
words, host-side LE support is implicit for single-mode LE controllers
and doesn't have explicit HCI-level enablement.
This patch ensures that the LE setting is always exposed as enabled
through mgmt and returns a "rejected" response if user space tries to
toggle the setting. The patch also ensures that Write LE Host Supported
is never sent for LE-only controllers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
All HCI command send functions that take a pointer to the command
parameters do not need to modify the content in any way (they merely
copy the data to an skb). Therefore, the parameter type should be
declared const. This also allows passing already const parameters to
these APIs which previously would have generated a compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch renames LE_SCANNING_ENABLED and LE_SCANNING_DISABLED
macros to LE_SCAN_ENABLE and LE_SCAN_DISABLE in order to keep
the same prefix others LE scan macros have.
It also fixes le_scan_enable_req function so it uses the LE_SCAN_
ENABLE macro instead of a magic number.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for filter_duplicates parameter values from
HCI LE Set Scan Enable command. It also fixes le_scan_enable_req
function so it uses the LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE macro instead of
a magic number.
The LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_DISABLE was also defined since it will be
required to properly support the GAP Observer Role.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for active and passive LE scan type values.
The LE_SCAN_PASSIVE was also defined since it will be used in future
by LE connection routine and GAP Observer Role support.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define LE scanning timeout macros in jiffies just like we do for
others timeout macros.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
With the introduction of CSA4 there is now also a features page number 2
available. This patch increments the maximum supported page number to 2
and adds code for reading all available pages (as long as we have
support for them - indicated by HCI_MAX_PAGES).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The local and remote features are organized by page number. Page 0
are the LMP features, page 1 the host features, and any pages beyond 1
features that future core specification versions may define. So far
we've only had the first two pages and two separate variables has been
convenient enough, however with the introduction of Core Specification
Addendum 4 there are features defined on page 2.
Instead of requiring the addition of a new variable each time a new page
number is defined, this patch refactors the code to use a single table
for the features. The patch needs to update both the hci_dev and
hci_conn structures since there are macros that depend on the features
being represented in the same way in both of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since this function is only used by sco, move it from hci_event.c to
sco.c and rename to sco_conn_defer_accept. Make it static.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some faulty non SSP devices send extended inquiry response
during device discovery which is a violation of 2.1 specification.
So for these devices we set SSP bit during acl connection
initiation thinking that it is an SSP device. But for these
devices, in remote host features event SSP supported bit
will be off. But we are not clearing the SSP bit in that case
and eventually SSP bit in conn flag will be incorrectly set for
these devices.
The software which has caused this issue is MecApp
http://www.mecel.se/products/bluetooth/downloads/MecApp_download
This patch does a workaround by clearing the SSP bit if it is
not supported in remote host features event
hcidump log
----------
< HCI Command: Inquiry (0x01|0x0001) plen 5
lap 0x9e8b33 len 4 num 0
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Inquiry (0x01|0x0001) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Extended Inquiry Result (0x2f) plen 255
bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25 mode 1 clkoffset 0x3263 class 0x3c0000 rssi -77
Unknown type 0x42 with 8 bytes data
Unknown type 0x1e with 2 bytes data
> HCI Event: Inquiry Complete (0x01) plen 1
status 0x00
< HCI Command: Create Connection (0x01|0x0005) plen 13
bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25 ptype 0xcc18 rswitch 0x01 clkoffset 0x0000
Packet type: DM1 DM3 DM5 DH1 DH3 DH5
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Create Connection (0x01|0x0005) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Connect Complete (0x03) plen 11
status 0x00 handle 12 bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25 type ACL encrypt 0x00
< HCI Command: Read Remote Supported Features (0x01|0x001b) plen 2
handle 12
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Read Remote Supported Features (0x01|0x001b) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Read Remote Supported Features (0x0b) plen 11
status 0x00 handle 12
Features: 0xff 0xff 0x8f 0x7e 0xd8 0x1f 0x5b 0x87
< HCI Command: Read Remote Extended Features (0x01|0x001c) plen 3
handle 12 page 1
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Read Remote Extended Features (0x01|0x001c) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Page Scan Repetition Mode Change (0x20) plen 7
bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25 mode 1
> HCI Event: Max Slots Change (0x1b) plen 3
handle 12 slots 5
> HCI Event: Read Remote Extended Features (0x23) plen 13
status 0x00 handle 12 page 1 max 0
Features: 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
< HCI Command: Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) plen 10
bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25 mode 2 clkoffset 0x0000
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Remote Name Req Complete (0x07) plen 255
status 0x00 bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25 name 'Bluetooth PTS Radio v4'
< HCI Command: Authentication Requested (0x01|0x0011) plen 2
handle 12
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Authentication Requested (0x01|0x0011) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Link Key Request (0x17) plen 6
bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25
< HCI Command: Link Key Request Negative Reply (0x01|0x000c) plen 6
bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 10
Link Key Request Negative Reply (0x01|0x000c) ncmd 1
status 0x00 bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25
> HCI Event: PIN Code Request (0x16) plen 6
bdaddr 00:1B:DC:05:B5:25
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
According to the specifications, data output reports must be sent on the
interrupt channel. See also usbhid implementation.
Sending these reports on the control channel breaks newer Wii Remotes.
Note that this will make output reports asynchronous. However, that's how
hid_output_raw_report() is supposed to work with HID_OUTPUT_REPORT as
report type. There are no responses to output reports.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If a device is registered as HID device, it is always in Report-Mode.
Therefore, we must not send Boot-Protocol messages on
hidinput_input_event() callbacks. This confuses devices and may cause
disconnects on protocol errors.
We disable the hidinput_input_event() callback for now. We can implement
it properly later, but lets first fix the current code by disabling it.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We handle skb buffers all over the place, even though we have
hidp_send_*_message() helpers. This creates a more generic
hidp_send_message() helper and uses it instead of dealing with transmit
queues directly everywhere.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Both hidp_process_ctrl_transmit() and hidp_process_intr_transmit() are
exactly the same apart from the transmit-queue and socket pointers.
Therefore, pass them as argument and merge both functions into one so we
avoid 25 lines of code-duplication.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We shouldn't push back the skbs if kernel_sendmsg() fails. Instead, we
terminate the connection and drop the skb. Only on EAGAIN we push it back
and return.
l2cap doesn't return EAGAIN, yet, but this guarantees we're safe if it
will at some time in the future.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We have the full new session-management now available so lets switch over
and remove all the old code. Few semantics changed, so we need to adjust
the sock.c callers a bit. But this mostly simplifies the logic.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This is a rewrite of the HIDP session management. It implements HIDP as an
l2cap_user sub-module so we get proper notification when the underlying
connection goes away.
The helpers are not yet used but only added in this commit. The old
session management is still used and will be removed in a following patch.
The old session-management was flawed. Hotplugging is horribly broken and
we have no way of getting notified when the underlying connection goes
down. The whole idea of removing the HID/input sub-devices from within the
session itself is broken and suffers from major dead-locks. We never can
guarantee that the session can unregister itself as long as we use
synchronous shutdowns. This can only work with asynchronous shutdowns.
However, in this case we _must_ be able to unregister the session from the
outside as otherwise the l2cap_conn object might be unlinked before we
are.
The new session-management is based on l2cap_user. There is only one
way how to add a session and how to delete a session: "probe" and "remove"
callbacks from l2cap_user.
This guarantees that the session can be registered and unregistered at
_any_ time without any synchronous shutdown.
On the other hand, much work has been put into proper session-refcounting.
We can unregister/unlink the session only if we can guarantee that it will
stay alive. But for asynchronous shutdowns we never know when the last
user goes away so we must use proper ref-counting.
The old ->conn field has been renamed to ->hconn so we can reuse ->conn in
the new session management. No other existing HIDP code is modified.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Several sub-modules like HIDP, rfcomm, ... need to track l2cap
connections. The l2cap_conn->hcon->dev object is used as parent for sysfs
devices so the sub-modules need to be notified when the hci_conn object is
removed from sysfs.
As submodules normally use the l2cap layer, the l2cap_user objects are
registered there instead of on the underlying hci_conn object. This avoids
any direct dependency on the HCI layer and lets the l2cap core handle any
specifics.
This patch introduces l2cap_user objects which contain a "probe" and
"remove" callback. You can register them on any l2cap_conn object and if
it is active, the "probe" callback will get called. Otherwise, an error is
returned.
The l2cap_conn object will call your "remove" callback directly before it
is removed from user-space. This allows you to remove your submodules
_before_ the parent l2cap_conn and hci_conn object is removed.
At any time you can asynchronously unregister your l2cap_user object if
your submodule vanishes before the l2cap_conn object does.
There is no way around l2cap_user. If we want wire-protocols in the
kernel, we always want the hci_conn object as parent in the sysfs tree. We
cannot use a channel here since we might need multiple channels for a
single protocol.
But the problem is, we _must_ get notified when an l2cap_conn object is
removed. We cannot use reference-counting for object-removal! This is not
how it works. If a hardware is removed, we should immediately remove the
object from sysfs. Any other behavior would be inconsistent with the rest
of the system. Also note that device_del() might sleep, but it doesn't
wait for user-space or block very long. It only _unlinks_ the object from
sysfs and the whole device-tree. Everything else is handled by ref-counts!
This is exactly what the other sub-modules must do: unlink their devices
when the "remove" l2cap_user callback is called. They should not do any
cleanup or synchronous shutdowns.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If we want to use l2cap_conn outside of l2cap_core.c, we need refcounting
for these objects. Otherwise, we cannot synchronize l2cap locks with
outside locks and end up with deadlocks.
Hence, introduce ref-counting for l2cap_conn objects. This doesn't affect
l2cap internals at all, as they use a direct synchronization.
We also keep a reference to the parent hci_conn for locking purposes as
l2cap_conn depends on this. This doesn't affect the connection itself but
only the lifetime of the (dead) object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason to keep this helper in the header file. No other file
depends on it so move it into hidp/core.c where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The "terminate" flag is guaranteed to be set before the session terminates
and the handlers are woken up. Hence, we need to add it to the
sleep-condition.
Note that testing the flags is not enough as nothing prevents us from
setting the flags again after the session-handler terminated.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This field is always BT_CONNECTED. Remove it and set it to BT_CONNECTED in
hidp_copy_session() unconditionally.
Also note that this field is totally bogus. Userspace can query an
hidp-session for its state. However, whenever user-space queries us, this
field should be BT_CONNECTED. If it wasn't BT_CONNECTED, then we would be
currently cleaning up the session and the session itself would exit in the
next few milliseconds. Hence, there is no reason to let user-space know
that the session will exit now if they cannot make _any_ use of that.
Thus, remove the field and let user-space think that a session is always
BT_CONNECTED as long as they can query it.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We currently do not allow using hci_conn from outside of HCI-core.
However, several other users could make great use of it. This includes
HIDP, rfcomm and all other sub-protocols that rely on an active
connection.
Hence, we now introduce hci_conn ref-counting. We currently never call
get_device(). put_device() is exclusively used in hci_conn_del_sysfs().
Hence, we currently never have a greater device-refcnt than 1.
Therefore, it is safe to move the put_device() call from
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to hci_conn_del() (it's the only caller). In fact,
this even fixes a "use-after-free" bug as we access hci_conn after calling
hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
From now on we can add references to hci_conn objects in other layers
(like l2cap_sock, HIDP, rfcomm, ...) and grab a reference via
hci_conn_get(). This does _not_ guarantee, that the connection is still
alive. But, this isn't what we want. We can simply lock the hci_conn
device and use "device_is_registered(hci_conn->dev)" to test that.
However, this is hardly necessary as outside users should never rely on
the HCI connection to be alive, anyway. Instead, they should solely rely
on the device-object to be available.
But if sub-devices want the hci_conn object as sysfs parent, they need to
be notified when the connection drops. This will be introduced in later
patches with l2cap_users.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_conn_hold/put_device() is used to control when hci_conn->dev is no
longer needed and can be deleted from the system. Lets first look how they
are currently used throughout the code (excluding HIDP!).
All code that uses hci_conn_hold_device() looks like this:
...
hci_conn_hold_device();
hci_conn_add_sysfs();
...
On the other side, hci_conn_put_device() is exclusively used in
hci_conn_del().
So, considering that hci_conn_del() must not be called twice (which would
fail horribly), we know that hci_conn_put_device() is only called _once_
(which is in hci_conn_del()).
On the other hand, hci_conn_add_sysfs() must not be called twice, either
(it would call device_add twice, which breaks the device, see
drivers/base/core.c). So we know that hci_conn_hold_device() is also
called only once (it's only called directly before hci_conn_add_sysfs()).
So hold and put are known to be called only once. That means we can safely
remove them and directly call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
But there is one issue left: HIDP also uses hci_conn_hold/put_device().
However, this case can be ignored and simply removed as it is totally
broken. The issue is, the only thing HIDP delays with
hci_conn_hold_device() is the removal of the hci_conn->dev from sysfs.
But, the hci_conn device has no mechanism to get notified when its own
parent (hci_dev) gets removed from sysfs. hci_dev_hold/put() does _not_
control when it is removed but only when the device object is created
and destroyed.
And hci_dev calls hci_conn_flush_*() when it removes itself from sysfs,
which itself causes hci_conn_del() to be called, but it does _not_ cause
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to be called, which is wrong.
Hence, we fix it to call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del(). This
guarantees that a hci_conn object is removed from sysfs _before_ its
parent hci_dev is removed.
The changes to HIDP look scary, wrong and broken. However, if you look at
the HIDP session management, you will notice they're already broken in the
exact _same_ way (ever tried "unplugging" HIDP devices? Breaks _all_ the
time).
So this patch only makes HIDP look _scary_ and _obviously broken_. It does
not break HIDP itself, it already is!
See later patches in this series which fix HIDP to use proper
session-management.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch sends Reject Synchronous Connection Request Command when
hci_conn_timeout is triggered, and the SCO connection is in BT_CONNECT2
state. It prevents inconsistency if the remote host doesn't implement
properly the timeout for the connection request, and it removes the
connection reference left when the socket is closed for incoming SCO
connections.
[ 2650.129080] sco_sock_release: sock ffff8801ca417400, sk ffff88020c408800
[ 2650.129092] sco_sock_clear_timer: sock ffff88020c408800 state 6
[ 2650.129101] __sco_sock_close: sk ffff88020c408800 state 6 socket
ffff8801ca417400
[ 2650.129108] sco_chan_del: sk ffff88020c408800, conn ffff8801c650ea20,
err 104
[ 2650.129114] hci_conn_put: hcon ffff88020c40a800 orig refcnt 1
[ 2650.129128] sco_sock_kill: sk ffff88020c408800 state 9
[ 2650.129135] sco_sock_destruct: sk ffff88020c408800
[ 2650.138468] hci_conn_timeout: hcon ffff88020c40a800 state BT_CONNECT2
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the status parameter of the l2cap_conn_add function.
The parameter 'status' is always 0.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch changes the memory allocation flags in the sco_conn_add
function, replacing the type to GFP_KERNEL. This function is executed
in process context and it is not called inside an atomic section.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We use _get() and _put() for device ref-counting in the kernel. However,
hci_conn_put() is _not_ used for ref-counting, hence, rename it to
hci_conn_drop() so we can later fix ref-counting and introduce
hci_conn_put().
hci_conn_hold() and hci_conn_put() are currently used to manage how long a
connection should be held alive. When the last user drops the connection,
we spawn a delayed work that performs the disconnect. Obviously, this has
nothing to do with ref-counting for the _object_ but rather for the
keep-alive of the connection.
But we really _need_ proper ref-counting for the _object_ to allow
connection-users like rfcomm-tty, HIDP or others.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The only part of proc_dir_entry the code outside of fs/proc
really cares about is PDE(inode)->data. Provide a helper
for that; static inline for now, eventually will be moved
to fs/proc, along with the knowledge of struct proc_dir_entry
layout.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Conflicts:
drivers/nfc/microread/mei.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue_core.c
Pull in 'net' to get Eric Biederman's AF_UNIX fix, upon which
some cleanups are going to go on-top.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the socket is in state BT_CONNECT2 and BT_SK_DEFER_SETUP is set in
the flags, sco_sock_recvmsg() returns early with 0 without updating the
possibly set msg_namelen member. This, in turn, leads to a 128 byte
kernel stack leak in net/socket.c.
Fix this by updating msg_namelen in this case. For all other cases it
will be handled in bt_sock_recvmsg().
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If RFCOMM_DEFER_SETUP is set in the flags, rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() returns
early with 0 without updating the possibly set msg_namelen member. This,
in turn, leads to a 128 byte kernel stack leak in net/socket.c.
Fix this by updating msg_namelen in this case. For all other cases it
will be handled in bt_sock_stream_recvmsg().
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the socket is already shutting down, bt_sock_recvmsg() returns
with 0 without updating msg_namelen leading to net/socket.c leaking the
local, uninitialized sockaddr_storage variable to userland -- 128 bytes
of kernel stack memory.
Fix this by moving the msg_namelen assignment in front of the shutdown
test.
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to verify that the given sockets actually are l2cap sockets. If
they aren't, we are not supposed to access bt_sk(sock) and we shouldn't
start the session if the offsets turn out to be valid local BT addresses.
That is, if someone passes a TCP socket to HIDCONNADD, then we access some
random offset in the TCP socket (which isn't even guaranteed to be valid).
Fix this by checking that the socket is an l2cap socket.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We print this error twice in the first error-path so remove it. One error
message is enough.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The driver init queue is no longer needed. This can be all handled
inside the drivers now. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some drivers require a special stage for their early init. This is
always specific to the driver or transport. So call back into driver to
allow bringing up the device.
The advantage with this stage is that the Bluetooth core is actually
handling the HCI layer now. This means that command and event processing
is available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a __hci_cmd_sync_ev function, analogous to
__hci_cmd_sync except that it also takes an event parameter to indicate
that the command completes with a special event instead of command
complete. Internally this new function takes advantage of the
hci_req_add_ev function introduced in the previous patch.
The primary expected user of this new function are the setup routines of
HCI drivers which may want to send custom commands and return only when
they have completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for having commands within HCI requests that do
not result in a command complete but some other event. This is at least
needed for some vendor specific commands to be issued in the
hdev->setup() procecure, but might also be useful for other commands.
The way that the support is implemented is by extending the skb control
buffer to have a field to indicate that the command is expected to
terminate with a special event. After sending the command each received
event can then be compared against this field through hdev->sent_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a helper function for sending a single HCI command
waiting for its completion and then returning back the parameters in the
resulting command complete event (if there was one).
The implementation is very similar to that of hci_req_sync() except that
instead of invocing a callback for sending HCI commands the function
constructs and sends one itself and after being woken up picks the last
received event from hdev->recv_evt (if it matches the right criteria)
and returns it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds tracking of received HCI events to the hci_dev struct.
This is necessary so that a subsequent patch can implement a function
for sending a single command synchronously and returning the resulting
command complete parameters in the function return value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the hci_req_cmd_status function since it is not
used anymore. The HCI request framework now considers the HCI command
has complete once the Command Status or Command Complete Event is
received.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since the HCI request framework was properly fixed, the hci_req_sync
call, in hci_inquiry, will return as soon as the HCI command completes
(not the Inquiry procedure). However, in inquiry ioctl implementation,
we want to sleep the user process until the inquiry procedure finishes.
This patch changes hci_inquiry so, in case the HCI Inquiry command
was executed successfully, it waits the HCI_INQUIRY flag to be cleared.
This way, the user process will sleep until the inquiry procedure
finishes.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some HCI commands don't send a Command Complete Event once the HCI
command has completed so they require some special handling from the
HCI request framework. These HCI commands, however, send a Command
Status Event to indicate that the command has been received, and
that the controller is currently performing the task for the command.
So, in order to properly handle those HCI commands, the HCI request
framework should consider the HCI command has completed once the
Command Status Event is received.
This way, we fix some issues regarding the Inquiry command support,
as well as add support for all those HCI commands which would require
some special handling from the HCI request framework.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Commit 7d4c04fc17 ("net: add option to enable
error queue packets waking select") has an issue due to operator precedence
causing the bit-wise OR to bind to the sock_flags call instead of the result of
the terniary conditional. This fixes the *_poll functions to work properly. The
old code results in "mask |= POLLPRI" instead of what was intended, which is to
only include POLLPRI when the socket option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when a socket receives something on the error queue it only wakes up
the socket on select if it is in the "read" list, that is the socket has
something to read. It is useful also to wake the socket if it is in the error
list, which would enable software to wait on error queue packets without waking
up for regular data on the socket. The main use case is for receiving
timestamped transmit packets which return the timestamp to the socket via the
error queue. This enables an application to select on the socket for the error
queue only instead of for the regular traffic.
-v2-
* Added the SO_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE socket option to every architechture specific file
* Modified every socket poll function that checks error queue
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jeffrey Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new constant ETH_P_802_3_MIN, the minimum ethernet type for
an 802.3 frame. Frames with a lower value in the ethernet type field
are Ethernet II.
Also update all the users of this value that David Miller and
I could find to use the new constant.
Also correct a bug in util.c. The comparison with ETH_P_802_3_MIN
should be >= not >.
As suggested by Jesse Gross.
Compile tested only.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bart De Schuymer <bart.de.schuymer@pandora.be>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as returned elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The only valid mgmt response to these pairing related commands is a
mgmt_cmd_complete and the returned parameters should contain the address
and address type of the remote device.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Instead of passing the bdaddr and bdaddr_type as separate parameters to
user_pairing_resp it's simpler to just pass the original mgmt_addr_info
struct which contains both values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When powering on or enabling page scan we need to ensure that the page
scan parameters are as they should be. This is because some controllers
do not properly reset these values upon HCI_Reset. Since the
write_scan_parameters function is now called from several new places it
also checks for the >= 1.2 HCI version requirement before sending the
commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Now that the current page scan parameters are stored in struct hci_dev
we should check against those values before sending new HCI commands to
change them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The page scan parameters (interval, window and type) stored in struct
hci_dev should not only be updated after successful reads but also after
successful writes. This patch adds the necessary handlers for the write
command complete events and updates the stored values through them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
These parameters are related to the "fast connectable" mode that can be
changed through the mgmt interface. Not all controllers properly reset
these values with HCI_Reset so they need to be read in order to be able
to verify whether the values are correct or not before enabling page
scan.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When the connectable setting is disabled the fast connectable setting
must also be disabled. This is so that we're consistent with the
pre-requisites for enabling fast connectable, one of which is that the
connectable setting is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch refactors the fast connectable HCI commands into their own
HCI function. This is necessary so that the same function can be reused
fo the fast connectable change required by disabling the connectable
setting.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to be able to represent fast connectable mode in the mgmt
settings we need to have a HCI dev flag for it. This patch adds the flag
and makes sure its value is changed whenever a mgmt_set_fast_connectable
command completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If there's another pending mgmt_set_fast_connectable command we should
return a "busy" error response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The HCI commands that are necessary for fast connectable mode are only
available from HCI specification version 1.2 onwards. This should be
reflected in the supported settings as well as error response for the
set_fast_connectable command when dealing with a < 1.2 capable
controller.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The mgmt_set_fast_connectable response should be sent only when all
related HCI commands have completed. This patch fixes the issue by using
an async request and sending the response to user space throught the
complete callback of the request. The patch also fixes in the same go
the return parameters of the command which should be the current
settings.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch changes the mgmt_set_connectable handler to use an async
request for sending the required HCI command. This is necessary
preparation for handling the fast connectable change that needs to be
associated with disabling the connectable setting.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If user space attempts to set the local name to the same value that's
already set we should simply return a direct command complete for this
mgmt command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch fixes the mgmt_set_local_name command to send the appropriate
HCI commands based on BR/EDR support and LE support. Local name and EIR
data should only be sent for BR/EDR capable controllers whereas an
update to the AD should only happen for LE capable controllers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
For proper control of the AD update and the related HCI commands it's
best to run the AD update through an async request instead of a
standalone HCI command. This patch changes the hci_update_ad() function
to take a request pointer and updates its users appropriately. E.g. the
function is no longer called after the init sequence but during stage 3
of the init sequence.
The TX power is read during the init sequence, so we don't need an
explicit update whenever it is read and the AD update based on the local
name should be done through the local name mgmt handler. The only other
user is the update based on enabling advertising. This part is still
kept as there is no mgmt API to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We shouldn't respond to the mgmt_set_local_name command until all
related HCI commands have completed. This patch fixes the issue by
running the local name HCI command and the EIR update in the same
asynchronous request, and returning the mgmt command complete through
the complete callback of the request.
The downside of this is that we must set hdev->dev_name before the local
name HCI command has completed since otherwise the generated EIR
command doesn't contain the new name. This means that we can no-longer
reliably detect when the name has really changed and when not. Luckily
this only affects scenarios where the mgmt interface is *not* used (e.g.
hciconfig) so redundant mgmt_ev_local_name_changed events in these cases
are an acceptable drawback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When powering off the device the hdev->flags and hdev->dev_flags need to
be cleared before calling mgmt_powered(). If this is not done the
resulting events sent to user space may contain incorrect values.
Note that the HCI_AUTO_OFF flag accessed right after this is part of the
persistent flags, so it's unchanged by the hdev->dev_flags reset.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When hci_dev_do_close() is called we should make sure to clear all
non-persistent flags in hci->dev_flags.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We'll need to use this mask also when powering off the HCI device
so it's better to have this in a single and visible place.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Now that class related operations are tracked through asynchronous HCI
requests this flag is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We should only return a mgmt command complete once all HCI commands to a
mgmt_set_dev_class or mgmt_add/remove_uuid command have completed. This
patch fixes the issue by having a proper async request complete callback
for these actions and responding to user space in the callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The add/remove_uuid and set_dev_class mgmt commands can trigger both EIR
and class HCI commands, so testing just for a pending class command is
enough. The simplest way to monitor conflicts that should trigger "busy"
error returns is to check for any pending mgmt command that can trigger
these HCI commands. This patch adds a helper function for this
(pending_eir_or_class) and uses it instead of the old HCI_PENDING_CLASS
flag to test for busy conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We should only notify user space that the adapter has been powered on
after all HCI commands related to the action have completed. This patch
fixes the issue by instating an async request complete callback for
these HCI commands and only notifies user space in the callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch updates sending of HCI commands related to mgmt_set_powered
(e.g. class, name and EIR data) to be sent using asynchronous requests.
This is necessary since it's the only (well, at least the cleanest) way
to keep the power on procedure synchronized and let user space know it
has completed only when all HCI commands are completed (this actual fix
is coming in a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
These commands will in a subsequent patch be performed in their own
asynchronous request, so it's more readable (not just from a resulting
code perspective but also the way the patches look like) to have them
performed in their own function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Replaced calls to kzalloc followed by memcpy with a single call to kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gheorghiu <gheorghiuandru@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Used PTR_RET function instead of IS_ERR and PTR_ERR.
Patch found using coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gheorghiu <gheorghiuandru@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The opcode in cmd_complete and cmd_status events is 16 bits, so we
should only be comparing it after having converted it to the host
endianness. There's already an opcode variable in both functions which
is in host endiannes so the right fix is to just start using it instead
of ev->opcode.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If req->err is set, there is no point in queueing the HCI command
in HCI request command queue since it won't be sent anyway.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since no one checks the returning value of hci_req_add and HCI
request errors are now handled in hci_req_run, we can make hci_
req_add returning void.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When we are building a HCI request with more than one HCI command
and one of the hci_req_add calls fail, we should have some cleanup
routine so the HCI commands already queued on HCI request can be
deleted. Otherwise, we will face some memory leaks issues.
This patch implements the HCI request error handling which is the
following: If a hci_req_add fails, we save the error code in hci_
request. Once hci_req_run is called, we verify the error field. If
it is different from zero, we delete all HCI commands already queued
and return the error code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since hci_req_run will be returning more than one error code, we
should check its returning value in __hci_req_sync.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In case the HCI request queue is empty, hci_req_run should return
ENODATA instead of EINVAL. This way, hci_req_run returns a more
meaningful error value.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If hci_req_run returns error, we erroneously leave the current
process in TASK_INTERRUPTABLE state. If we leave the process in
TASK_INTERRUPTABLE and it is preempted, this process will never
be scheduled again.
This patch fixes this issue by moving the preparation for scheduling
(add to waitqueue and set process state) to just after the hci_req_run
call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
With the removal of hci_req_complete() several HCI event handlers have
essentially become empty and can be removed. The only potential benefit
of these could have been logging, but the hci_event, hci_cmd_complete
and hci_cmd_status already provide a log for events which they do not
have an explicit handler for.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This variable is no longer needed (due to async HCI request support and
the conversion of hci_req_sync to use it), so it can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch converts the hci_req_sync() procedure to internaly use the
asynchronous HCI requests.
The hci_req_sync mechanism relies on hci_req_complete() calls from
hci_event.c into hci_core.c whenever a HCI command completes. This is
very similar to what asynchronous requests do and makes the conversion
fairly straight forward by converting hci_req_complete into a request
complete callback. By this change hci_req_complete (renamed to
hci_req_sync_complete) becomes private to hci_core.c and all calls to it
can be removed from hci_event.c.
The commands in each hci_req_sync procedure are collected into their own
request by passing the hci_request pointer to the request callback
(instead of the hci_dev pointer). The one slight exception is the HCI
init request which has the special handling of HCI driver specific
initialization commands. These commands are run in their own request
prior to the "main" init request.
One other extra change that this patch must contain is the handling of
spontaneous HCI reset complete events that some controllers exhibit.
These were previously handled in the hci_req_complete function but the
right place for them now becomes the hci_req_cmd_complete function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces functions to process the HCI request state when
receiving HCI Command Status or Command Complete events. Some HCI
commands, like Inquiry do not result in a Command complete event so
special handling is needed for them. Inquiry is a particularly important
one since it is the only forseeable "non-cmd_complete" command that will
make good use of the request functionality, and its completion is either
indicated by an Inquiry Complete event of a successful Command Complete
for HCI_Inquiry_Cancel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
To have a consistent content for hdev->cmd_q all entries need to follow
the semantics of asynchronous HCI requests. This means that even single
commands need to be dressed as requests by having a request start
indicator. This patch adds these indicators to the two places needing
it (hci_send_cmd and hci_sock_sendmsg).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This function is analogous to hci_send_cmd() but instead of directly
queuing the command to hdev->cmd_q it adds it to the local queue of the
asynchronous HCI request being build (inside struct hci_request).
This is the main function used for building asynchronous requests and
there should be one or more calls to it between calls to hci_req_init
and hci_req_run.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch moves out the skb creation from hci_send_cmd() into its own
prepare_cmd() function. This is essential so the same prepare_cmd()
function can be easily reused for skb creation for asynchronous HCI
requests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds the initial definitions and functions for asynchronous
HCI requests. Asynchronous requests are essentially a group of HCI
commands together with an optional completion callback. The request is
tracked through the already existing command queue by having the
necessary context information as part of the control buffer of each skb.
The only information needed in the skb control buffer is a flag for
indicating that the skb is the start of a request as well as the
optional complete callback that should be used when the request is
complete (this will be found in the last skb of the request).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Having conditional command sending during a request has always been
problematic and caused hacks like the hdev->init_last_cmd variable. This
patch removes these conditionals and instead splits the init sequence
into three stages, each with its own __hci_req_sync() call.
This also paves the way to the upcoming asynchronous request support
swhich will also benefit by having a simpler implementation if it
doesn't need to cater for requests that change on the fly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If a request callback doesn't send any commands __hci_req_sync() should
fail imediately instead of waiting for the inevitable timeout to occur.
This is particularly important once we start creating requests with
conditional command sending which can potentially result in no commands
being sent at all.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We'll be introducing an async version of hci_request. To make things
clear it makes sense to rename the existing API to have a _sync suffix.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
rfcomm_session_close() sets the RFCOMM session state to BT_CLOSED.
However, in multiple places immediately before the function is
called, the RFCOMM session is set to BT_CLOSED. Therefore,
remove these unnecessary state settings.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In rfcomm_session_del() remove the redundant call to
rfcomm_send_disc() because it is not possible for the
session to be in BT_CONNECTED state during deletion
of the session.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Previous commits have improved the handling of the RFCOMM session
timer and the RFCOMM session pointers such that freed RFCOMM
session structures should no longer be erroneously accessed. The
RFCOMM session refcnt now has no purpose and will be deleted by
this commit.
Note that the RFCOMM session is now deleted as soon as the
RFCOMM control channel link is no longer required. This makes the
lifetime of the RFCOMM session deterministic and absolute.
Previously with the refcnt, there was uncertainty about when
the session structure would be deleted because the relative
refcnt prevented the session structure from being deleted at will.
It was noted that the refcnt could malfunction under very heavy
real-time processor loading in embedded SMP environments. This
could cause premature RFCOMM session deletion or double session
deletion that could result in kernel crashes. Removal of the
refcnt prevents this issue.
There are 4 connection / disconnection RFCOMM session scenarios:
host initiated control link ---> host disconnected control link
host initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> host disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disc'ed ctrl link
The control channel connection procedures are independent of the
disconnection procedures. Strangely, the RFCOMM session refcnt was
applying special treatment so erroneously combining connection and
disconnection events. This commit fixes this issue by removing
some session code that used the "initiator" member of the session
structure that was intended for use with the data channels.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Unfortunately, the design retains local copies of the s RFCOMM
session pointer in various code blocks and this invites the erroneous
access to a freed RFCOMM session structure.
Therefore, return the RFCOMM session pointer back up the call stack
to avoid accessing a freed RFCOMM session structure. When the RFCOMM
session is deleted, NULL is passed up the call stack.
If active DLCs exist when the rfcomm session is terminating,
avoid a memory leak of rfcomm_dlc structures by ensuring that
rfcomm_session_close() is used instead of rfcomm_session_del().
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
A race condition exists between near simultaneous asynchronous
DLC data channel disconnection requests from the host and remote device.
This causes the socket layer to request a socket shutdown at the same
time the rfcomm core is processing the disconnect request from the remote
device.
The socket layer retains a copy of a struct rfcomm_dlc d pointer.
The d pointer refers to a copy of a struct rfcomm_session.
When the socket layer thread performs a socket shutdown, the thread
may wait on a rfcomm lock in rfcomm_dlc_close(). This means that
whilst the thread waits, the rfcomm_session and/or rfcomm_dlc structures
pointed to by d maybe freed due to rfcomm core handling. Consequently,
when the rfcomm lock becomes available and the thread runs, a
malfunction could occur as a freed rfcomm_session structure and/or a
freed rfcomm_dlc structure will be erroneously accessed.
Therefore, after the rfcomm lock is acquired, check that the struct
rfcomm_session is still valid by searching the rfcomm session list.
If the session is valid then validate the d pointer by searching the
rfcomm session list of active DLCs for the rfcomm_dlc structure
pointed by d.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Use del_timer_sync() instead of del_timer() as this ensures
that rfcomm_session_timeout() is not running on a different
CPU when rfcomm_session_put() is called. This avoids a race
condition on SMP systems because potentially
rfcomm_session_timeout() could reuse the freed RFCOMM session
structure caused by the execution of rfcomm_session_put().
Note that this modification makes the reason for the RFCOMM
session refcnt mechanism redundant.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason a caller ever wants to check the return type of this
call. _Iff_ a user successfully called bt_sock_register(), they're allowed
to call bt_sock_unregister().
All other calls in the kernel (device_del, device_unregister, kfree(), ..)
that are logically equivalent return void. Lets not make callers think
they have to check the return type of this call and instead simply return
void.
We guarantee that after bt_sock_unregister() is called, the socket type
_is_ unregistered. If that is not what the caller wants, they're using the
wrong function, anyway.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
After we successfully registered a socket via bt_sock_register() there is
no reason to ever check the return code of bt_sock_unregister(). If
bt_sock_unregister() fails, it means the socket _is_ already unregistered
so we have what we want, don't we?
Also, to get bt_sock_unregister() to fail, another part of the kernel has
to unregister _our_ socket. This is sooo _wrong_ that it will break way
earlier than when we unregister our socket.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
After linux 3.2 the hid_destroy_device call in hidp_session
cleaning up invokes a hook to the power_supply code which
in turn tries to read the battery capacity. This read will
trigger a call to hidp_get_raw_report which is bound to fail
because the device is being taken away - so rather than
wait for the 5 second timeout failure this changes enables
it to fail straight away.
Signed-off-by: Karl Relton <karllinuxtest.relton@ntlworld.com>
Reviewed-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
As hci_acl_disconn function basically sends the HCI Disconnect Command
and it is used to disconnect ACL, SCO and LE links, renaming it to
hci_disconnect is more suitable.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"Assorted tiny fixes queued in trivial tree"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (22 commits)
DocBook: update EXPORT_SYMBOL entry to point at export.h
Documentation: update top level 00-INDEX file with new additions
ARM: at91/ide: remove unsused at91-ide Kconfig entry
percpu_counter.h: comment code for better readability
x86, efi: fix comment typo in head_32.S
IB: cxgb3: delay freeing mem untill entirely done with it
net: mvneta: remove unneeded version.h include
time: x86: report_lost_ticks doesn't exist any more
pcmcia: avoid static analysis complaint about use-after-free
fs/jfs: Fix typo in comment : 'how may' -> 'how many'
of: add missing documentation for of_platform_populate()
btrfs: remove unnecessary cur_trans set before goto loop in join_transaction
sound: soc: Fix typo in sound/codecs
treewide: Fix typo in various drivers
btrfs: fix comment typos
Update ibmvscsi module name in Kconfig.
powerpc: fix typo (utilties -> utilities)
of: fix spelling mistake in comment
h8300: Fix home page URL in h8300/README
xtensa: Fix home page URL in Kconfig
...
Here's the big tty/serial driver patches for 3.9-rc1.
More tty port rework and fixes from Jiri here, as well as lots of
individual serial driver updates and fixes.
All of these have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlEmZYQACgkQMUfUDdst+ylJDgCg0B0nMevUUdM4hLvxunbbiyXM
HUEAoIOedqriNNPvX4Bwy0hjeOEaWx0g
=vi6x
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull tty/serial patches from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"Here's the big tty/serial driver patches for 3.9-rc1.
More tty port rework and fixes from Jiri here, as well as lots of
individual serial driver updates and fixes.
All of these have been in the linux-next tree for a while."
* tag 'tty-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (140 commits)
tty: mxser: improve error handling in mxser_probe() and mxser_module_init()
serial: imx: fix uninitialized variable warning
serial: tegra: assume CONFIG_OF
TTY: do not update atime/mtime on read/write
lguest: select CONFIG_TTY to build properly.
ARM defconfigs: add missing inclusions of linux/platform_device.h
fb/exynos: include platform_device.h
ARM: sa1100/assabet: include platform_device.h directly
serial: imx: Fix recursive locking bug
pps: Fix build breakage from decoupling pps from tty
tty: Remove ancient hardpps()
pps: Additional cleanups in uart_handle_dcd_change
pps: Move timestamp read into PPS code proper
pps: Don't crash the machine when exiting will do
pps: Fix a use-after free bug when unregistering a source.
pps: Use pps_lookup_dev to reduce ldisc coupling
pps: Add pps_lookup_dev() function
tty: serial: uartlite: Support uartlite on big and little endian systems
tty: serial: uartlite: Fix sparse and checkpatch warnings
serial/arc-uart: Miscll DT related updates (Grant's review comments)
...
Fix up trivial conflicts, mostly just due to the TTY config option
clashing with the EXPERIMENTAL removal.
proc_net_remove is only used to remove proc entries
that under /proc/net,it's not a general function for
removing proc entries of netns. if we want to remove
some proc entries which under /proc/net/stat/, we still
need to call remove_proc_entry.
this patch use remove_proc_entry to replace proc_net_remove.
we can remove proc_net_remove after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now, some modules such as bonding use proc_create
to create proc entries under /proc/net/, and other modules
such as ipv4 use proc_net_fops_create.
It looks a little chaos.this patch changes all of
proc_net_fops_create to proc_create. we can remove
proc_net_fops_create after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronize with 'net' in order to sort out some l2tp, wireless, and
ipv6 GRE fixes that will be built on top of in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As in del_timer() there has already placed a timer_pending() function
to check whether the timer to be deleted is pending or not, it's
unnecessary to check timer pending state again before del_timer() is
called.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch does a trivial refactor in mgmt_pending_foreach function.
It replaces list_for_each_safe by list_for_each_entry_safe, simplifying
the function.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes unneeded locking in hci_le_adv_report_evt. There
is no need to lock hdev before calling mgmt_device_found.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
various fixes, improvements and other changes that have gone in lately.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If a controller is powered on while the HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is set the
link security setting (HCI_LINK_SECURITY) might not be in sync with the
actual state of the controller (HCI_AUTH). This patch fixes the issue by
checking for inequality between the intended and actual settings and
sends a HCI_Write_Auth_Enable command if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds the necessary code for encoding a list of 128-bit UUIDs
into the EIR data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds the necessary code for inserting a list of 32-bit UUIDs
into the EIR data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We will need to create three separate UUID lists in the EIR data (for
16, 32 and 128 bit UUIDs) so the code is easier to follow if each list
is generated in their own function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The amount of data encoded so far in the create_eir() function can be
calculated simply through the difference between the data and ptr
pointer variables. The eir_len variable then becomes essentially
useless.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There's no need to use two separate loops to generate a UUID list for
the EIR data. This patch merges the two loops previously used for the
16-bit UUID list generation into a single loop, thus simplifying the
code a great deal.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The UUID removal code can be simplified by using
list_for_each_entry_safe instead of list_for_each_safe.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The primary purpose of the UUIDs is to enable generation of EIR and AD
data. In these data formats the UUIDs are split into separate fields
based on whether they're 16, 32 or 128 bit UUIDs. To make the generation
of these data fields simpler this patch adds a type member to the
bt_uuid struct and assigns a value to it as soon as the UUID is added to
the kernel. This way the type doesn't need to be calculated each time
the UUID list is later iterated.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The code for clearing the UUIDs list can be simplified by using
list_for_each_entry_safe instead of list_for_each_safe.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We should be encoding UUIDs to the EIR data in the same order that they
were added to the kernel, i.e. each UUID should be added to the end of
the UUIDs list. This patch fixes the issue by using list_add_tail
instead of list_add for storing the UUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If occurs a LE or SCO hci_conn timeout and the connection is already
established (BT_CONNECTED state), the connection is not terminated as
expected. This bug can be reproduced using l2test or scotest tool.
Once the connection is established, kill l2test/scotest and the
connection won't be terminated.
This patch fixes hci_conn_disconnect helper so it is able to
terminate LE and SCO connections, as well as ACL.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The conn->smp_chan pointer can be NULL if SMP PDUs arrive at unexpected
moments. To avoid NULL pointer dereferences the code should be checking
for this and disconnect if an unexpected SMP PDU arrives. This patch
fixes the issue by adding a check for conn->smp_chan for all other PDUs
except pairing request and security request (which are are the first
PDUs to come to initialize the SMP context).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
CC: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The LE supported states indicate the states and state combinations that
the link layer supports. This is important information for knowing what
operations are possible when dealing with multiple connected devices.
This patch adds reading of the supported states to the HCI init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The LE White List Size is necessary to be known before attempting to
feed the controller with any addresses intended for the white list. This
patch adds the necessary HCI command sending to the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
To be able to make the appropriate decisions for some LE procedures we
need to know the LE features that the local controller supports.
Therefore, it's important to have the LE Read Local Supported Features
HCI comand as part of the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The Block/Unblock Device Management commands should return Command
Complete instead of Command Status whenever possible so that user space
can distinguish exactly which command failed in the case of multiple
commands. This patch does the necessary changes in the command handler
to return the right event to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The Disconnect Management command should return Command Complete instead
of Command Status whenever possible so that user space can distinguish
exactly which command failed in the case of multiple commands. This
patch does the necessary changes in the disconnect command handler to
return the right event to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The valid values for the Disconnect parameter in the Unpair Device
command are 0x00 and 0x01. If any other value is encountered the command
should fail with the appropriate invalid params response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds checks for valid address type values passed to mgmt
commands. If an invalid address type is encountered the code will return
a proper invalid params response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds necessary checks for the two allowed values of the
authenticated parameter of each Long Term Key, i.e. 0x00 and 0x01. If
any other value is encountered the valid response is to return invalid
params to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch refactors valid LTK data testing into its own function. This
will help keep the code readable since there are several tests still
missing that need to be done on the LTK data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The allowed values for the key->master parameter in the Load LTKs
command are 0x00 and 0x01. If there is a key in the list with some other
value the command should fail with a proper invalid params response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Failures of mgmt commands should be indicated with valid mgmt status
codes, and EINVAL is not one of them. Instead MGMT_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMS
should be returned.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The debug_keys parameter is only allowed to have the values 0x00 and
0x01. Any other value should result in a proper command status with
MGMT_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMS.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
According to Bluetooth Management API specification Pair Device Command
should generate command complete event on both success and failure.
This fix replying with command status (which lacks address info) when
adapter is powered off.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When a HCI device is powered off the Management interface specification
dictates that the class of device value is indicated as zero. This patch
fixes sending of the appropriate class of device changed event when a
HCI device is powered off.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The option allows you to remove TTY and compile without errors. This
saves space on systems that won't support TTY interfaces anyway.
bloat-o-meter output is below.
The bulk of this patch consists of Kconfig changes adding "depends on
TTY" to various serial devices and similar drivers that require the TTY
layer. Ideally, these dependencies would occur on a common intermediate
symbol such as SERIO, but most drivers "select SERIO" rather than
"depends on SERIO", and "select" does not respect dependencies.
bloat-o-meter output comparing our previous minimal to new minimal by
removing TTY. The list is filtered to not show removed entries with awk
'$3 != "-"' as the list was very long.
add/remove: 0/226 grow/shrink: 2/14 up/down: 6/-35356 (-35350)
function old new delta
chr_dev_init 166 170 +4
allow_signal 80 82 +2
static.__warned 143 142 -1
disallow_signal 63 62 -1
__set_special_pids 95 94 -1
unregister_console 126 121 -5
start_kernel 546 541 -5
register_console 593 588 -5
copy_from_user 45 40 -5
sys_setsid 128 120 -8
sys_vhangup 32 19 -13
do_exit 1543 1526 -17
bitmap_zero 60 40 -20
arch_local_irq_save 137 117 -20
release_task 674 652 -22
static.spin_unlock_irqrestore 308 260 -48
Signed-off-by: Joe Millenbach <jmillenbach@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jamey Sharp <jamey@minilop.net>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
There's a per-HCI device workqueue (hdev->workqueue) that should be used
for general per-HCI device work (except hdev->req_workqueue that's for
hci_request() related work). This patch fixes places using the
system-global work queue and makes them use the hdev->workqueue instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch converts work assignment relying on hci_request() from the
system-global work queue to the per-HCI device specific work queue
(hdev->req_workqueue) intended for hci_request() related tasks.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The hci_request function is blocking and cannot be called through the
usual per-HCI device workqueue (hdev->workqueue). While hci_request is
in progress any other work from the queue, including sending HCI
commands to the controller would be blocked and eventually cause the
hci_request call to time out.
This patch adds a second workqueue to be used by operations needing
hci_request and thereby avoiding issues with blocking other workqueue
users.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Now, we start converting tty buffer functions to actually use
tty_port. This will allow us to get rid of the need of tty in many
call sites. Only tty_port will needed and hence no more
tty_port_tty_get in those paths.
Now, the one where most of tty_port_tty_get gets removed:
tty_flip_buffer_push.
IOW we also closed all the races in drivers not using tty_port_tty_get
at all yet.
Also we move tty_flip_buffer_push declaration from include/linux/tty.h
to include/linux/tty_flip.h to all others while we are changing it
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Now, we start converting tty buffer functions to actually use
tty_port. This will allow us to get rid of the need of tty in many
call sites. Only tty_port will needed and hence no more
tty_port_tty_get in those paths.
tty_insert_flip_string this time.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The uuid should be printed in the CPU endianness and not in little-endian.
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The socket from which a mgmt_set_powered command was received should
only receive the command response but no new_settings event.
The mgmt_powered() function which is used to handle the situation with
the HCI_AUTO_OFF flag tries to check for a pending command to know which
socket to skip the event for, but since the pending command hasn't been
added this will not happen.
This patch fixes the issue by adding the pending command for the
HCI_AUTO_OFF case and thereby ensures that mgmt_powered() will skip the
right socket when sending the new_settings event, but still send the
proper response to the socket where the command came from.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Management commands should whenever possible fail with proper command
status or command complete events. This patch fixes the
mgmt_start_discovery command to do this for the failure cases where an
incorrect parameter value was passed to it ("not supported" if the
parameter value was valid but the controller doesn't support it and
"invalid params" if it isn't valid at all).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
All mgmt_set_* commands that take a boolean value encoded in the form of
a byte should only accept the values 0x00 and 0x01. This patch adds the
necessary checks for this and returns "invalid params" responses if
anything else is provided as the value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch fixes sections of code that do not need hci_lock_dev to be
outside of the lock. Such sections include code that do not touch the
hdev at all as well as sections which just read a single byte from the
supported_features value (i.e. all lmp_*_capable() macros).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The concept of Class of Device only exists for BR/EDR controllers. The
mgmt_set_dev_class command should therefore return a proper "not
supported" error if it is attempted for a controller that doesn't
support BR/EDR (e.g. a single mode LE-only one).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The two lowest bits of the minor device class value are reserved and
should be zero, and the three highest bits of the major device class
likewise. The management code should therefore test for this and return
a proper "invalid params" error if the condition is not met.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
All management events are expected to indicate successful completion
through a command complete event, however the load long term keys
command was missing this. This patch adds the missing event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
All management commands are expected to indicate successful completion
through a command complete event however the confirm name command was
missing it. This patch add the sending of the missing event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The length parameter should be sizeof(req->name) - 1 because there is no
guarantee that string provided by userspace will contain the trailing
'\0'.
Can be easily reproduced by manually setting req->name to 128 non-zero
bytes prior to ioctl(HIDPCONNADD) and checking the device name setup on
input subsystem:
$ cat /sys/devices/pnp0/00\:04/tty/ttyS0/hci0/hci0\:1/input8/name
AAAAAA[...]AAAAAAAAf0:af:f0:af:f0:af
("f0:af:f0:af:f0:af" is the device bluetooth address, taken from "phys"
field in struct hid_device due to overflow.)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Anderson Lizardo <anderson.lizardo@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
